Chevrolet TRACKER 1993 Owner`s manual

5
U
’1,
1993 Owner’s Manual
C
. .’acker
Introduction
Part 1
Part 2
Part 3
Part 4
Part 5
Part 6
Part 7
Part 8
Table of Contents
1
How to Use This Manual .............
Seats & Safety Belts. ...............11 I
Features & Controls ................43 I
Comfort Controls 81 Audio Systems ,101
Your DrivingandtheRoad. .........117 I
Problems on the Road .............189 I
Service & Appearance Care.. .......221 1
Maintenance Schedule .............281 1
CustomerAssistanceInformation ....311
rn
Including “Reporting Safety Defects” on page 315.
Part9 Index.. .........................325
Service Station Information ....Last Page
Printed in U.S.A.
Part No. 10213056 A
First Edition
I
Please keep this manual in your Geo, so it will be there if you ever need it when you’re on the road. If you
sell the vehicle, please leave this manual in it so the new owner can use it.
This manual includes the latest information at the time it was printed. We reserve the right to make changes
in the product after that time without further notice. For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute the name
“General Motors of Canada Limited” for Chevrolet/Geo Division whenever it appears in this manual.
For Canadian Owners Who Prefer a French Language Manual
Aux propribtaires canadiens:Vous pouvez vousprocurer un exemplaire dece guide en franGais chez votre
concessionaire ou au DGN Marketing Services Ltd., 1500 Bonhill Rd., Mississauga, Ontario L5T 1C7.
Published by Chevrolet/Geo Division
General Motors Corporation
General Motors, GM and the GM emblem,
Chevrolet and the Chevrolet emblem, Geo and the
Geo emblem are registered trademarks of General
Motors Corporation.
@ Copyright 1992 General Motors Corporation, Chevrolet/Geo Division. All rights reserved.
CONVERTIBLE
UTILITY
HARDTOP
UTILITY
About Driving Your Tracker
As with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or
an accident. Be sure to read the “on-pavement” and “off-road” driving guidelines in this manual. (See
“Driving Guidelines” and “Off-Road Driving with Your Geo Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicle” in the Index.)
3.. .
Welcome to Geo
,
World-class vehicles for the world-wise vehicle buyer. Feature by feature, every Geo shows that quality, value and
technology can exist hand-in-hand with affordability. And Geo adds something special to vehicle ownership - fun.
There’s a Geo out there for everyone. It could be the economical Geo Metro or the sporty Geo Storm. Maybe the
five-passenger Geo flagship, Prizm, or the adventurous off-roader, Geo Tracker.
No matter what Geo you drive, you’ll find designed-in comfort and owner enjoyment in detail after careful detail. Geo’s are
savvy vehicles that answer the needs of the road and - with Tracker - even the off-road.
Sold and serviced bylheusands of Chevrolet/Geo dealers, Geo is earning its stripes as a serious contender in today’s
value-conscious marketplace. We know your ownership experience will be a rewarding one.
Welcome to the world of Geo.
I
Jim Perkins
General Manager
..- 4
How to Use This
Manual
Many people read their owner’s manual
from beginning to end when they first
receive their new vehicle. This will help
you learn about the features and controls
for your vehicle. In this manual, you’ll
find that pictures and words work
together to explain things quickly.
Index: A good place to look for what
you need is the Index in back of the
manual. It’s an alphabetical list of all
Part 1: Seats & Safety Belts
This part tells you how to use your seats
and safety belts properly.
Part 2: Features & Controls
that’s in the manual, and the page
This part explains how to start and
number where you’ll find it.
operate your Geo.
Part 1-8: Each part of this manual
Part 3: Comfort Controls & Audio
begins with a brief list of its contents, so Systems
you can often find at a glance if a part
This part tells you how to adjust the
contains the information you want.
ventilation and comfort controls and
How to Use This Manual
how to operate your sound system.
This part tells you how to use your
Part 4: Your Driving and the Road
manual and includes safety and vehicle
Here you’ll find helpful information and
damage warnings and symbols.
tips about the road and how to drive
under different conditions.
5 . .
.
How to Use this Manual
Safety Warnings and Symbols
Part 5: Problems on the Road
This part tells you what to do if you
have a problem while driving, such as a
flat tire or engine overheating.
Part 6: Service & Appearance Care
Here the manual tells you how to keep
your Geo running properly and looking
good.
Part 7: Maintenance Schedule
This part tells you when to perform
vehicle maintenance and what fluids and
lubricants to use.
I
.
.
6
Part 8: Customer Assistance
Information
This part includes important information
3bout reporting safety defects and gives
you details about the “Roadside
4ssistance” program. You will also find
mstomer satisfaction phone numbers
(including customer satisfaction numbers
for the hearing and speech impaired) as
well as the mediationlarbitration
procedure. We’ve also included ordering
information for service publications in
this part.
Service Station Information
This is a quick reference of service
information. You can find it on the last
page of this manual.
You will find a number of safety
cautions in this book. We use yellow
and the word CAUTION to tell you
about things that could hurt you if you
were to ignore the warning.
In the yellow caution area, we tell you
what the hazard is. Then we tell you
what to do to help avoid or reduce the
hazard. Please read these cautions. If
you don’t, you or others could be hurt.
I
Vehicle Damage Warnings
I‘ou will also find a red circle with a
lash through it in this book. This safety
ymbol means “Don’t,’’ “Don’t do
his,” or “Don’t let this happen.”
Also, in this book you will find these
blue notices:
In the blue notice area, we tell you
about something that can damage your
vehicle. Many times, this damage would
not be covered by your warranty, and it
could be costly. But the notice will tell
you what to do to help avoid the
damage.
When you read other manuals, you
might see CAUTION and NOTICE
warnings in different colors or in
different words. In this manual, we’ve
used the familiar words and colors that
Geo has used for years.
You’ll also see warning labels on your
vehicle. They use the same colors, and
the words CAUTION or NOTICE.
7 . . .
How to Use this Manual
Vehicle Symbols
These are some of the symbols you will These symbols are important for you
find on your vehicle. For example, these and your passengers whenever your
symbols are used on an original battery: vehicle is driven:
Caution Possible injury
Protect Eyes by Shielding
Caustic Battery Acid
Could Cause Burns
i
Fasten Safety Belts
Headlight High Beam
Headlight Low Beam
These symbols have to do with your
lights:
Parking Lights
Master Lighting Switch
Brightness Control
Avoid Sparks or Flames
Turn Signal Direction
Sparks or Flame Could
Explode Battery
Hazard Warning Flasher
A
5 aytime Running Lights
(Canada)
These symbols are on some of your
controls:
Windshield Wiper
Windshield Washer
Windshield Defroster
w
Rear Window Wiper
and Washer
Air Conditioning
Rear Window Wiper
Ventilating Fan
Rear Window Defogger
Q
AIC
How to Use this Manual
These symbols are used on warning and
indicator lights:
Here are some other symbols you may
see:
Engine Coolant
Temperature
Hood Release
Battery Charging
System
Fuel
I
.
.
10
E3
w
Brake
Lighter
Horn
Part 1
Seats & Safety Belts
.
H e r e you’ll find information
about the seats in your Geo and
how to use your safety belts
properly. You can also learn
about some things you should
not do with safety belts.
Seats and Seat Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belts: They’re for Everyone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Why Safety Belts Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Here Are Questions Many People Ask about
Safety Belts - and the Answers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Reminder Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Wear Safety Belts Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Child Restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Larger Children. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking Your Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing Safety Belts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12
18
19
22
23
23
30
31
37
39
39
40
Seats & Safety Belts
Seats and Seat Controls
This section tells you about the seats how to adjust them, and also about
reclining from seatbacks, head
restraints, seatback latches, easy entry
seats, folding rear seat and reclining
rear seatbacks,
Front Seat
A
You can lose control of the
L vehicle if you try to adjust a
manual driver’s seat while the
vehicle is moving. The sudden
movement could startle and
canfuse you, or make you push a
pedal when you don’t want to.
Adjust the driver’s seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
. . . 12
Move the lever under the front seat to
unlock it. Slide the seat to where you
want it. Then release the lever and try
to move the seat with your body, to
make sure the seat is locked into place.
I
.
RecliningFrontSe,
.
iacks
To adjust the seatback, lift the lever on
the outer side of the seat. Release the
lever to lock the seatback where you
want it. Pull up on the lever and the seat
will go to its original upright position.
But don’t have a seatback reclined if
your vehicle is moving.
I W
Sitting ina reclined position when your vehicle is in motion can be
youbuckle up, your safety belts can’t do their job when
you’re reclined like this.
The shoulder belt can’t do its job because it won’t be against your body. Instead,
it will be infront of you. In a crash you couldgo into it, receiving neck or other
injuries.
The lap belt can’t do its job either.In a crash the belt couldgo up over your
abdomen. The belt forces would bethere, not at your pelvic bones. This could
cause serious internal injuries.
For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion, have the seatback upright.
Then sit wellback in the seat andwear your safety beltproperly.
Ldangerous. Even if
13-=
Seats & Safety Belts
Head Restraints
Head restraints are fixed on some
vehicles and adjustable on others. Slide
an adjustable head restraint up or down
so that the top of the restraint is closest
to the top of your ears. This position
reduces the chance of a neck injury in a
crash.
Easy Entry Seats
To raise or lower the restraint, push in
the release while you pull up or push
down on the restraint.
The front seats of your vehicle make it
easy to get in and out of the rear seat.
When you pull up on the recliner
release lever, the seatback will tilt
forward and the whole seat will slide
forward.
After someone gets into the rear seat
area, move the seatback to its original
position. Then move the seat rearward
until it locks.
e-? ? ’ . .
A
~f easy entry seat isn’t
locked, it can move. h a
sudden stop or crash, the person
sitting there could be injured. And,
even if there is no crash or sudden
stop, a driver sitting in an
unlocked easy entry seat could be
startled by the sudden movement
and hit the wrung control or pedaI,
causing an accident. After you’ve
used it, be sure to push rearward
on my easy entry seat to be sure it
is locked.
- b
I
To get out, pull the release handle on
folding Rear Seat
the rear of the right front seat.
The rear seat in your Geo folds to
provide more cargo space.
To fold the rear seat, lower the rear
seatback and then flip the whole rear
seat up against the front seats.
1. Swing the safety belt buckles forward
and down.
Seats & Safety Belts
-
2. P u l l the knobs on both sides of the
seatback.
If you have the split rear seat, you
can fold half of the seat by pulling
only the knob on the side you wish to
fold.
. . . 16
3. Fold the seatback down.
4. Unlock the bottom part of the seat:
On the one-piece rear seat, pull
out the release ring.
On the split rear seat, lift the
release lever on either seat.
5. Lift the bottom of the seat up and
push it toward the front of the
vehicle.
I
, -.. .
6. Find the support bar on the bottom o
the seat. This bar keeps the rear seat
from unfolding.
7. Pull the inner end of the support off
of the seat bracket and swing it
down.
8. Push the support bar into the floor
bracket. Be sure the support bar is
secured,
To unfold the rear seats:
Keep your hands, safety belts and other
objects away from where the seat will
rest.
1. Pull the support bar out of the floor
bracket and swing it up and toward
the bottom of the seat.
2. Push the support bar into the bracket
on the bottom of the seat.
3. Slowly pull the seat down to the
floor. The seat should latch into
place. Pull up on the bottom of the
seat to be sure it is locked in
position.
17-99
Seats & Safety Belts
Safety Belts: They’re for
4. Pull the seatback up and push it back
to lock it into place.
5. Push and pull the top of the seatback
to be sure the seatback is locked in
position.
. . . 18
Everyone
This part of the manual tells you how to
use safety belts properly. It also tells
you some things you should not do with
safety belts.
~~~
~
A
Don’t let anyone ride where
they can’t wear a safety belt
properly. If you are in a crash and
you’re not wearing a safety belt,
your injuries can be much worse.
You can hit things inside the
vehicle or be ejected from it. You
can be seriously injured or killed.
In the same crash, you might not
be if you are buckled up. Always
fasten your safety belt, and check
that your passengers’ belts are
fastened properly too.
U
I
Why Safety Belts Work
You never know if you’ll be in a crash.
This figure lights up when you turn the
If
you do have a crash, you don’t know
key to ON or START when your safety
if it will be a bad one.
belt isn’t buckled, and you’ll hear a
chime, too. It’s the reminder to buckle
A few crashes are very mild. In them,
UPyou won’t get hurt even if you’re not
In many states and Canadian provinces, buckled up. And some crashes can be sa
the law says to wear safety belts. Here’s serious, like being hit by a train, that
even buckled up a person wouldn’t
why: They work.
survive. But most crashes are in
between. In many of them, people who
buckle up can survive and sometimes
walk away. Without belts they could be
badly hurt or killed.
After 25 years of safety belts in
vehicles, the facts are clear. In most
crashes buckling up does matter
. . . a lot!
When you ride in or on anything, you
go as fast as it goes.
For example, if the bike is going
10 mph (16 km/h), so is the child.
Seats & Safety Belts
1
A
When the bike hits the block, it stops.
But the child keeps going!
Take thesimplest “car.” Suppose it’s
just a seat on wheels.
A
Put someone on it.
r-
--
Get it up to speed. Then stop the “car.”
The rider doesn’t stop.
L
The person keeps going until stopped by
something.
In a real vehicle, it could be the
windshield . . .
or the instrument panel . . .
Seats & Safety Belts
or the safety belts!
With safety belts, you slow down as the
vehicle does. You get more time to stop.
You stop over more distance, and your
strongest bones take the forces. That’s
why safety belts make such good sense.
rn Here Are Questions
Many People Ask about
Safety Belts - and the
Answers
Q: Won’t I be trapped in the vehicle
after an accident if I’m wearing a
safety belt?
A: You could be - whether you’re
wearing a safety belt or not. But you
can easily unbuckle a safety belt,
even if you’re upside down. And
your chance of being conscious
during and after an accident, so you
can unbuckle and get out, is much
greater if you are belted.
Q: Why don’t they just put in air
bags so people won’t have to wear
safety belts?
A: “Air bags, or Supplemental
Inflatable Restraint systems, are in
some vehicles today and will be in
more of them in the future. But they
are supplemental systems only - so
they work with safety belts, not
instead of them. Every “air bag”
system ever offered for sale has
required the use of safety belts.
Even if you’re in a vehicle that has
“air bags,” you still have to buckle
up to get the most protection. That’s
true not only in frontal collisions,
but especially in side and other
collisions.
”
Q: If I’m a good driver, and I never
drive far from home, why should I
wear safety belts?
A: You may be an excellent driver, but
if you’re in an accident - even one
that isn’t your fault - you and your
passengers can be hurt. Being a
good driver doesn’t protect you
from things beyond your control,
such as bad drivers.
Most accidents occur within 25
miles (40km) of home. And the
greatest number of serious injuries
and deaths occur at speeds of less
than 40 mph (65 km/h).
Safety belts are for everyone.
Safety Belt Reminder
Light
When the key is turned to ON or
START, a light will come on for about
eight seconds to remind people to fasten
their safety belts. Unless the driver’s
safety belt is buckled, a chime will also
sound,
H
How to Wear Safety
Belts Properly
Adults
This section is only for people of adult
size.
There are special things to
know about safety belts and
children. And there are different
rules €or babies and smaller
children. If a child will be riding
in your Geo, see the section after
this one, called “Children.”
Follow those rules for everyone’s
protection.
Seats & Safety Belts
I
1
Y
First, you’ll want to know which
restraint systems your vehicle has.
We’ll start with the driver position.
Driver Position
This section describes the driver’s
restraint system.
9.924
Lap-Shoulder Belt
The driver has a lap-shoulder belt.
Here’s how to wear it properly.
1. Close and lock the door.
2. Adjust the seat (to see how, see
“Seats” in the Index) so you can sit
up straight.
3. Pick up the latch plate and pull the
belt across you. Don’t let it get
twisted.
4. Push the latch plate into the buckle
until it clicks.
If the belt isn’t long enough, see
“Safety Belt Extender” at the end of
this part. Make sure the release
button on the buckle faces upward or
outward so you would be able to
unbuckle it quickly if you ever had
to.
5. To make the lap part tight, pull down
on the buckle end of the belt as you
pull up on the shoulder belt.
The lap part of the belt should be worn
low and snug on the hips, just touching
the thighs. In a crash, this applies force
to the strong pelvic bones. And you’d be
less likely to slide under the lap belt. If
you slid under it, the belt would apply
force at your abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries. The
shoulder belt should go over the
shoulder and across the chest. These
parts of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
The safety belt locks if there’s a sudden
stop or crash or if you pull the belt very
quickly out of the retractor.
Q: What’s wrong with this?
A: The shoulder belt is too loose. It
won’t give nearly as much
protection this way.
GAU I IUN
You can be seriously hurt if
your shoulder belt is too
loose. In a crash you would move
forward too much, which could
increase injury. The shoulder belt
should fit against your body.
lA
I
Seats & Safety Belts
1
I
r
1
Q: What’s wrong with this?
A: The belt is buckled in the wrong
place.
I
You can be seriously injured
if your belt is buckled in the
wrong place like this. In a crash,
the belt would go up over your
abdomen. The belt forces would bc
there, not at the pelvic bones. This
could cause serious internal
injuries. Always buckle your belt
into the buckle nearest you.
Q: What’s wrong with this?
A: The shoulder belt is worn under the
arm. It should be worn over the
shoulder at all times.
P
You can be seriously injured
b if you wear the shoulder belt
under your arm. In a crash, your
body would move too far forward,
which would increase the chance
of head and neck injury. Also, the
belt would apply too much force to
the ribs, which aren’t as strong as
shoulder bones. You could also
severely injure internal organs like
your liver or spleen.
I
2: What’s wrong with this?
\: The belt is twisted across the body.
A
You can be seriously injured
by a twisted belt. In a crash,
you wouldn’t have the full width
of the belt to take impact forces. If
a belt is twisted, make it straight
so it can work properly, or ask
your dealer to fix it.
To unlatch the belt, just push the button
on the buckle. The belt should go back
out of the way.
Before you close the door, be sure the
belt is out of the way. If you slam the
door on it, you can damage both the belt
and your vehicle.
Safety Belt Use during
Pregnancy
Safety belts work for everyone,
including pregnant women. Like all
occupants, they are more likely to be
seriously injured if they don’t wear
safety belts. A pregnant woman should
wear a lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
portion should be worn as low as
possible throughout the pregnancy.
The best way to protect the fetus is to
protect the mother. When a safety belt is
worn properly, it’s more likely that the
fetus won’t be hurt in a crash. For
pregnant women, as for anyone, the key
to making safety belts effective is
wearing them properly.
Seats & Safety Belts
Passenger Positions
Right Front Passenger Position
The right front passenger’s safety belt
works the same way as the driver’s
safety belt. See “Driver Position,”
earlier in this part.
When the shoulder belt is pulled out all
the way, it will lock. If it does, let it go
back all the way and start again.
. . . 28
Rear Seat Passengers
It’s very important for rear seat
passengers to buckle up! Accident
statistics show that unbelted people in
the rear seat are hurt more often in
crashes than those who are wearing
safety belts.
Rear passengers who aren’t safety belted
can be thrown out of the vehicle in a
crash. And they can strike others in the
vehicle who are wearing safety belts.
1
The rear seats have lap-shoulder belts.
Here’s how to wear one properly.
1. Pick up the latch plate and pull it
across you. Don’t let it get twisted.
2. Push the latch plate into the buckle
until it clicks.
When the shoulder belt is pulled out all
the way, it will lock. If it does, let it go
back all the way and start again.
If the belt is not long enough, see
“Safety Belt Extender” at the end of
this section.
Make sure the release button on the
buckle faces upward or outward so you
would be able to unbuckle it quickly if
you ever had to.
3. To make the lap part tight, pull down
on the buckle end of the belt as you
pull up on the shoulder part.
The lap part of the belt should be worn
low and snug on the hips, just touching
the thighs. In a crash, this applies force
to the strong pelvic bones. And you’d be
less likely to slide under the lap belt. If
you slid under it, the belt would apply
force at your abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries. The
shoulder belt should go over the
shoulder and across the chest. These
parts of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
The safety belt locks only if there’s a
sudden stop or a crash, or if you pull it
very quickly out of the retractor.
Seats & Safety Belts
Smaller Children and Babies
Children
You can be seriously hurt if
your shoulder belt is too
loose. In a crash you would move
forward too much, which could
increase injury. The shoulder belt
4
-
should fit against your body.
To unlatch the belt, just push the button
on the buckle.
Everyone in a vehicle needs protection!
That includes infants and all children
smaller than adult size. In fact, the law
in every state and Canadian province
says children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.
A
Smaller children and babies
should always be restrained in
a child or infant restraint. The
instructions for the restraint will
say whether it is the right type and
size for your child. A very young
child’s hip bones are so small that
a regular belt might not stay low
on the hips, as it should. Instead,
the belt will likely be over the
child’s abdomen. In a crash the
belt would apply force right on the
child’s abdomen, which could
cause serious or fatal injuries. So,
be sure that any child small
enough for one is always properly
restrained in a child or infant
restraint.
-4
UAU I I U N
Never hold a baby in your arms while riding in a vehicle. A baby
doesn’t weigh much - until a crash. During a crash a baby will become
so heavy you can’t hold it. For example, in a crash at only 25 mph
(40km/h), a 12-pound (5.5 kg) baby will suddenly become a 240-pound
(1 10 kg) force on your arms. The baby would be almost impossible to hold.
Secure the baby in an infant restraint.
Child Restraints
Be sure to follow the instructions for the
restraint. You may find these
instructions on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both. These restraints use
the belt system in your vehicle, but the
child also has to be secured within the
restraint to help reduce the chance of
personal injury. The instructions that
come with the infant or child restraint
will show you how to do that.
Seats & Safety Belts
Where to Put the Restraint
Accident statistics show that children are
safer if they are restrained in the rear
rather than the front seat. We at General
Motors therefore recommend that you
put your child restraint in the rear seat
unless the child is an infant and you’re
the only adult in the vehicle. In that
case, you might want to secure the
restraint in the front seat where you can
keep an eye on the baby.
Wherever you install it, be sure to
secure the child restraint properly.
II
An unsecured child restraint
W can move around in a
ollision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint
in your vehicle - even when no
child is in it.
Top Strap
If your child restraint has a top strap, it
should be anchored.
The only place in your vehicle where
you can use a child restraint with a top
strap is in the front passenger seat.
CAUTION
A
rn is no place
ThL,,
to anchor aDl
-child restraint with a top strap
behind the rear seats of your
vehicle. In a crash, the child
restraint with a top strap would not
be properly secured in a rear seat,
so the child’s injuries could be
increased. Don’t try to anchor a
child restraint with a top strap in a
rear seat.
Attaching the Top Strap - Right
Front Passenger Position Only
If the child restraint is equipped with a
top strap, follow these instructions for
securing it. Once a child restraint with a
top strap has been secured in the right
front seat (see “Securing a Child
Restraint in the Right Front Seat” in the
Index), hook the top strap to the latch
plate on the right rear seat lap-shoulder
belt.
Then, remove as much slack as possible
from the top strap.
Pull the rear sear lap-shoulder belt all
the way out to switch it to the ratcheting
mode. Allow the lap-shoulder belt to
feed back into the retractor. Listen for
clicking to be sure the safety belt
remains in the ratcheting mode.
If slack remains in the top strap, move
the right front seat forward just enough
to eliminate the slack.
When a child restraint with a top strap is
being used, no one can sit in the right
rear position.
3 3 . m .
Seats & Safety Belts
Securing a Child Restraint in the Rear
1.
Seat
You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt.
See the earlier section about the top
2.
strap if the child restraint has one.
Put the restraint on the seat. Follow
the instructions for the child
restraint.
Secure the child in the child restraint
as the instructions say.
3. Pull out the vehicle’s safety belt and
run the lap part through or around
the restraint. The child restraint
instructions will show you how.
See if the shoulder belt would go in
front of the child’s face or neck. If
so, put it behind the child restraint.
4. Buckle the belt. Make sure the
release button faces upward or
outward, so you’ll be able to
unbuckle it quickly if you ever need
to.
5. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all
the way out of the retractor to set the
lock.
6. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder
belt into the retractor while you push
down on the child restraint.
7. Push and pull the child restraint in
different directions to be sure it is
secure.
To remove the child restraint, just
unbuckle the vehicle’s safety belt and let
it go back all the way. The safety belt
will move freely again and be ready to
work for an adult or larger child
passenger.
Seats & Safety Belts
I
b
Securing a Child Restraint in the
Right Front Seat
You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt.
See the earlier section about the top
strap if the child restraint has one.
This is the only place in your vehicle
where you can use a child restraint with
a top strap.
1 Put the restraint on the seat. Follow
the instructions for the child
restraint.
2. Secure the child in the child restraint
as the instructions say.
.
‘9.36
3. Pull out the vehicle’s safety belt and
run the lap part through or around
the restraint. The child restraint
instructions will show you how.
See if the shoulder belt would go in
front of the child’s face or neck. If
so, put it behind the child restraint.
4. Buckle the belt. Make sure the
release button faces upward or
outward, so you’ll be able to
unbuckle it quickly if you ever need
to.
5. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all
the way out of the retractor to set the
lock.
.P
Larger Children
6. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder
belt back into the retractor while you
push down on the child restraint.
7. Push and pull the child restraint in
different directions to be sure it is
secure.
To remove the child restraint, just
unbuckle the vehicle’s safety belt and let
it go back all the way.
The safety belt will move freely again
and be ready to work for an adult or
larger child passenger.
Children who have outgrown child
restraints should wear the vehicle’s
safety belts.
Accident statistics show that children are
safer if they are restrained in the rear
seat. But they need to use the safety
belts properly.
Children who aren’t buckled up can
be thrown out in a crash.
Seats & Safety Belts
Children who aren’t buckled up can
strike other people who are.
I CAUTION
Never do this.
Here two children are wearing
me same belt. The belt can’t
properly spread the impact forces.
In a crash, the two children can be
crushed together and seriously
injured. A belt must be used by
only one person at a time.
h
I
Q: What if a child is wearing a
lap-shoulder belt, but the child is
so small that the shoulder belt is
very close to the child’s face or
neck?
I A:
Move the child toward the center of
the vehicle, but be sure that the
shoulder belt still is on the child’s
shoulder, so that in a crash the
child’s upper body would have the
restraint that belts provide.
Safety Belt Extender
CAUTION
Never do this.
h Here a child is sitting in a
seat that has a lap-shoulder belt,
but the shoulder part is behind the
child. If the child wears the belt in
this way, in a crash the child
might slide under the belt. The
belt’s force would then be applied
right on the child’s abdomen. That
could cause serious or fatal
injuries.
L
A
I
Wherever the child sits, the lap portion
of the belt should be worn low and snug
on the hips, and just touching the child’s
thighs. This applies belt force to the
child’s pelvic bones in a crash.
If the vehicle’s safety belt will fasten
around you, you should use it.
But if a safety belt isn’t long enough to
fasten, your dealer will order you an
extender. It’s free. When you go in to
order it, take the heaviest coat you will
wear, so the extender will be long
enough for you. The extender will be
just for you, and just for the seat in your
vehicle that you choose. Don’t let
someone else use it, and use it only for
the seat it is made to fit. To wear it, just
attach it to the regular safety belt.
Checking Your Restraint
Systems
Now and then, make sure all your belts,
buckles, latch plates, retractors,
anchorages and reminder systems are
working properly. Look for any loose
parts or damage. If you see anything
that might keep a restraint system from
doing its job, have it repaired.
39.
Seats & Safety Belts
...
rn Replacing Safety Belts
afler a Crash
If you've had a crash, do you need new
belts?
After a very minor collision, nothing
may be necessary. But if the belts were
stretched, as they would be if worn
during a more severe crash, then you
need new belts.
If belts are cut or damaged, replace
them. Collision damage also may mean
you will have to have safety belt parts
like the retractor replaced or anchorage
locations repaired - even if the belt
wasn't being used at the time of the
collision.
. . . 40
Q: What's wrong with this?
A: The belt is torn.
Torn or frayed belts may not
1 b protectyou in a crash. They
can rip apart under impact forces.
If a belt is torn or frayed, get a
new one right away.
Before replacing any safety belt, see
your dealer for the correct part number.
You'll need the model year and the
model number of your vehicle. The
model year is on your title and
registration. And you can find the model
number on the certification/tire label of
your vehicle.
The model number on the replacement
belt must be listed on the safety belt you
want to replace.
Notes
Notes
Part 2
Features & Controls
H e r e you can learn about the
many standard and optional
features on your Geo. and
information on starting. shifting
and braking. Also explained are
the instrument panel and the
warning systems that tell you if
everything is working properly and what to do if you have a
problem.
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
44
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
New Vehicle “Break-In” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Ignitionswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Starting Your Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Driving through Deep Standing Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Automatic Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Five-Speed Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Four-wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
EngineExhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Tiltwheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
The Turn Signal/Lights Control/Headlight Beam Lever ...................... 67
Interior Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Windshield Wiper/Washer Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Rear Window Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
74
Storage and Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
SunVisors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Passenger Assist Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Ashtrays and Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Instrument Panel and Clusters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
ConvertibleTop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
43.-
Features & Controls
1
IKeys
Leaving young children in a
vehiclewiththeignitionkey
is dangerous for many reasons. A
child or others could be badly
injured or even killed.
They could operate controls or
even make the vehicle move.
Don’t leave the keys in a vehicle
with young children.
I
One key is used for the ignition, the
doors, and all other locks.
When a new Tracker is delivered, the
dealer removes the metal plate from the
key ring and gives it to the first owner.
The metal plate has a code on it that
tells your dealer or a qualified locksmith
how to make extra keys. Keep the code
in a safe place. If you lose your keys,
you’ll be able to have new ones made
easily using this code.
I
H
Door Locks
Passengers - especially children
- can easily open the doors and
fall out. When a door is Iocked,
the inside handle won’t open it.
Outsiders can easily enter through
1
an unlocked door when you slow
down or stop your vehicle.
This may not be so obvious: You
increase the! chance of being
thrown out of the vehicle in a
crash if tbe doors aren’t locked.
Wear safety belts properly, lock
your doors, and you will be far
better off whenever y w drive your
There are several ways to lock and
unlock your vehicle:
From the outside: Use your key. To
lock the door, turn the key clockwise as
far as it will go.
The lock switch on the driver’s door
will not work when the door is open.
This prevents the driver from being
locked out.
From the inside, push down the button
on the door.
To unlock the door, pull up on the
button.
Leaving Your Vehicle
If you are leaving the vehicle, open the
door and set the locks from inside. Then
get out and close the door.
Pull up on the outside door handle as
you close the door.
vehicle.
45.
-
Features & Controls
Tailgate
Use your key to lock or unlock your
tailgate.
If you have a convertible, be sure to
unzip the rear plastic window before
opening the tailgate. See “Opening and
Closing Your Rear Window” in the
Index. Open the tailgate with the bottom
of the window still attached to the
tailgate.
When closing the tailgate be sure:
Both lower corner canvas top flaps
are facing outward so they do not get
caught in the tailgate.
The zipper connector is engaged
correctly or you could damage your
zipper.
It can be dangerous to drive
with the tailgate window
open, Carbon monoxide (CO)gas
can come into your vehicle. You
can’t see or smell CO. It can cause
unconsciousness and even death.
If you must drive with the taiIgate
window open:
0 Make sure all ather windows a n
shut.
T m the fan on your heating or
cooling system to its highest
speed with the setting on
That will force outside air into
your vehicle. See L 4 C ~ f ~ ~
Controls” in the Index.
* If you have air vents on or
under tbc’instrument panel, open
u.
them at1 the way*
I
meft
Vehicle theft is big business, especially
in some cities. Although your Geo has a
number of theft-deterrent features, we
know that nothing we put on it can make
it impossible to steal. However, there
are ways you can help.
Key in the Ignition: If you walk away
from your vehicle with the key inside,
it’s an easy target for joy riders or
professional thieves - so don’t do it.
When you park your Geo and open the
driver’s door, you’ll hear a chime
reminding you to remove your key from
the ignition and take it with you. Always
do this. Your steering wheel will be
locked, and so will your ignition. If you
have an automatic transmission, taking
your key out also locks your
transmission. And remember to lock the
doors.
Parking at Night: Park in a lighted
spot, close all windows and lock your
vehicle. Remember to keep your
valuables out of sight. Put them in a
storage area, or take them with you.
47.
=
Features & Controls
New Vehicle
“Break-In ’’
Your modern Geo doesn’t need an
:laborate “break-in.” But it will
perform better in the long 1
1 follow these guideli~
A
m Ignition Switch
With the key in the ignition switch, you
can turn the switch to four positions:
LOCK (A): The only position in which
you can remove the key. This locks
your steering wheel, ignition and
automatic transmission. Press in the
ignition switch as you turn the top of it
toward you.
If you have an automatic transmission,
the ignition switch cannot be turned to
LOCK unless the shift lever is in the
P (Park) position.
ACC (B): Position in which you can
operate your electrical power
accessories. It unlocks the steering
wheel and ignition. A warning chime
will sound if you open the driver’s door
when the ignition is in ACC or LOCK
and the key is in the ignition. Use this
position if your vehicle must be pushed
or towed.
ON (C):Position to which the switch
returns after you start your engine and
release the switch. The switch stays in
the ON position when the engine is
running. But even when the engine is
not running, you can use ON to operate
your electrical power accessories, and to
display some instrument panel warning
lights.
START (D): Starts the engine. When
the engine starts, release the key. The
ignition switch will return to ON for
normal driving.
c
4
Note that even if the engine is not
running ACC and ON allow you to
operate your electrical accessories, such
as the radio and ventilation fan.
Starting Your Engine
Automatic Transmission: Move your
shift lever to P (Park) or N (Neutral).
Your engine won’t start in any other
position - that’s a safety feature. To
restart when you’re already moving, use
N (Neutral) only.
I
Don’t try to shift to P (Park) if
your Geo is moving. If you do,
you could damage the
transmission. Shift to P (Park)
only when your vehicle is stopped.
I
Manual Transmission: Shift your gear
selector to neutral and hold the clutch
pedal to the floor while starting the
engine. Your vehicle won’t start if the
clutch pedal is not all the way down that’s a safety feature.
1. Don’t push the accelerator pedal
before starting your engine. In some
other vehicles you might need to do
this, but because of your vehicle’s
computer systems, you don’t.
2. Turn your ignition key to START.
When the engine starts, let go of the
key.
49.’.
Features & Controls
IDriving
3. If it doesn't start right away, hold
your key in START for about three
through Deep
Standing Water
I V U I lLt
seconds at a time until your engine
starts. Wait about 15 seconds
between each try to help avoid
draining your battery.
Holding your key in START for
longer than 15 seconds at a time
will cause your battery to be
drained much sooner. And the
excessive heat can ~
a
gz <&!Kg:,
starter motor.
p-,'*'Q,&P'F$+
If your engine still won't start, call your
dealer for help.
50
...
g
~
~
~
r
GAU I IUN
Automatic Transmission
There are several different positions for
your shift lever.
P (Park)
This locks your rear wheels. It’s the
best position to use when you start your
engine because your vehicle can’t move
easily.
It can be dangerous to get out
of your vehicle if the shift
lever is not fully in P (Park) with
the parking brake firmly set. Your
vehicle could roll.
Don’t leave your vehicle when the
engine is running unless you have
to. If you have ieft the engine
running, the vehicle can move
suddenly. You or others could be
injured. To be sure your vehicle
won’t move, when you’re on fairly
level ground, always set your
parking brake and move the shift
lever to P (Park).
If you have four-wheel drive, your
vehicle will be free to roll - even
if your shift lever is in P (Park) if your transfer case is in
N (Neutral). So, be sure the
transfer case is in a drive gear not in N (Neutral).
See “Shifting into P (Park)’’ in
the Index. If you are parking on a
hill, or, if you’re pulling a trailer,
also see “Parking on Hills” or
“Towing a Trailer’’ in the Index.
I
I
I
P (Park) range before starti& the
engine. Your Geo has a
brake-transmission shift interlock. You
have to fully apply your regular brakes
before you can shift from P (Park)
when the ignition is in the O N position.
If you cannot shift out of P (Park), ease
pressure on the shift lever - push the
shift lever all the way into P (Park) and
also release the shift lever button on
floor shift console models - as you
maintain brake application. Then move
the shift lever into the gear you wish.
(Press the shift lever button before
moving the shift lever on floor shift
models.) See “Shifting Out of
P (Park)’’ in the Index.
51
..=
Features & Controls
R (Reverse)
Use this gear to back up.
Shifting to R (Reverse) white your
vehicle is moving forward could
damage v w r transmission. Shift to
:r vour vehicle is
To rock your vehicle back and forth to
get out of snow, ice or sand without
damaging your transmission, see
“Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or Snow, If
You’re’’ in the Index.
... 52
N (Neutral)
In this position, your engine doesn’t
connect with the wheels. To restart
when you’re already moving, use N
(Neutral) only. Also, use N when your
vehicle is being towed.
1
~
Shifting out of P (Park) or N
(Neutral) while your engine is
“racing’’ (running at high speed)
is dangerous. Unless your foot is
firmly on the brake pedal, your
vehicle could move very rapidly.
You could lose control and hit
people or objects. Don’t shift out
of P (Park) or N (Neutral) while
your engine is racing.
1
- Going about 15 mph (25 h / h ) or
Damage to your transmission
caused by shifting out of P Park)
or N (Neutral) with the engi
racing isn’t covered by your
warranty.
D (Drive)
This position is for normal driving. If
you need more power for passing, and
you’re:
- Going less than about 15 mph
(25 km/h), push your accelerator
pedal about halfway down.
more, push your accelerator pedal all
the way down.
You’ll shift down to the next gear and
have more power.
2 (Second Gear)
This position gives you more power but
lower fuel economy. You can use 2 on
hills. It can help control your speed as
you go down steep mountain roads, but
then you would also want to use your
brakes off and on.
going slower than 65 mph
(105 km/h) with the transfer
in 4H or 35 mph (55 h / h ) wit1
the transfer case in 4L,or you can
damage your transmission
53.m.
Features & Controls
IFive-Sveed
L (Low Gear)
This position gives you even more
power (but lower fuel economy) than 2.
You can use it on very steep hills, or in
deep snow or mud. If the selector level
is put in L,the transmission won’t shift
into low gear until the vehicle is going
slowly enough.
I NOTICE
above 40 mph (65 km/h) with the
transfer case in 4H or 20 mph
(35 km/h) with the transfer case in
4L,or you can damage your
... 54
I V U I IbC
Manual
Transmission
This is your shift pattern. Here’s how to
operate your transmission:
1 (Fist Gear) - Press the clutch
pedal and shift into 1. Then slowly let
up on the clutch pedal as you press
the accelerator pedal.
You can shift into 1 when you’re
going less than 20 mph (32 km/h). If
you’ve come to a complete stop and
it’s hard to shift into 1, put the shift
lever in Neutral and let up on the
clutch. Press the clutch pedal back
down. Then shift into 1.
2 (Second Gear) - Press the clutch
pedal as you let up on the accelerator
pedal and shift into 2. Then, slowly
let up on the clutch pedal as you press
the accelerator pedal.
3, 4 and 5 (Third, Fourth and Fifth
Gears) - Shift into 3, 4 and 5 the
same way you do for 2. Slowly let up
on the clutch pedal as you press the
accelerator pedal.
To Stop - Let up on the accelerator
pedal and press the brake pedal. Just
before the vehicle stops, press the
clutch pedal and the brake pedal, and
shift to Neutral.
Neutral - Use this position when
you start or idle your engine.
R (Reverse) - To back up, press
down the clutch pedal and shift into
R. Let up on the clutch pedal slowly
while pressing the accelerator pedal.
You cannot go from 5 (Fifth Gear) into
R (Reverse). If you try, you will be
locked out. You must first shift into
Neutral, move the lever to the left, back
to the right, and then shift into
R (Reverse). This is a safety feature.
Shift to R (Reverse) only after
your vehicle is stopped. Shifting to
R (Reverse) while your vehicle is
moving could damage your
transmission.
Also, use Reverse along with the
parking brake, for parking your vehicle.
Features & Controls
shifi Speeds (MANUAL TRANSMISSION)
MANUAL TRANSMISSION RECOMMENDED SHIFT SPEEDS IN MPH (km/h)
Engine
1.6L L4
Acceleration
Shift
Speed
Cruise
Shift
Speed
1to2 2to3
15
(24)
27
(43)
11
34
(55)
This chart shows when to shift to the
next higher gear for best fuel economy.
If your speed drops below 20 mph
(32 km/h), or if the engine is not
running smoothly, you should downshift
to the next lower gear. You may have to
downshift two or more gears to keep the
engine running smoothly or for good
performance.
. . 56
4to5
47
(76)
1to2
29
(18)
2to3
21
(34)
3to4
(47)
4to5
41
(66)
L A UI I U l V
A
If you skip more than one
L gear when you downshift, you
could lose control of your vehicle.
And you could injure yourself or
others. Don’t shift from 5 to 2 or
4 to 1.
If you skip more than one gea~
when you downshift, or if 1
race
3 t othe
4 engine when you
downshift, you can damr-- thc
clutch or transmission
Four-wheel Drive
CAUTION
It can be dangerous to get out
b of your vehicle if the shift
rcyeris not fdly in P (Park)
(automatic transmission) or
R (Reverse) (manual transmission)
with the parking brake firmly set.
If you have four-wheel drive, also
be sure the transfer case is in a
drive gear. Your vehicle can roll.
If you have left the engine
running, the vehicle can move
suddenly. You or others could be
injured. To be sure your vehicle
won’t move, follow the step
below. If you are parking on a
hill’, or if you’re pulling a trailer,
see “Parking on Hills” cw
“Towing a Trailer” in the Index.
4
I
[f your vehicle has four-wheel drive,
you can send your engine’s driving
power to all four wheels for extra
traction. To shift out of two-wheel drive
and into four-wheel drive, lock the
free-wheeling hubs and move the
transfer case shift lever to 4H or 4L
(see the following). You should use 2H
for most normal driving.
Rear wheel anti-lock brakes do not work
when you shift into four-wheel drive.
Your regular brakes will still work.
When you shift back into two-wheel
drive, your rear wheel anti-lock brakes
will take over again.
Driving in 4H or 4L positions for
a long time on dry or wet
nf
pavementcould shorten thP
your vehicle’s drivetrain.
1
Features & Controls
Free- Wheeling Hubs
Your vehicle may have either manual or
automatic free-wheeling hubs. You must
lock the hubs before you use 4H or 4L.
Manual
To lock or unlock the hubs, you must
park your vehicle (see “Shifting into
P (Park)” or “Parking Your Vehicle”
in the Index) and get out. To lock the
hubs, turn the hub dials to LOCK.
To unlock the hubs, turn the hub dials to
FREE.
Automatic
With automatic free-wheeling hubs, you
don’t have to get out of the vehicle to
lock or unlock the hubs.
To lock the hubs:
1. Stop your vehicle.
2. Shift the transfer case to 4H or 4L.
3. Drive slowly forward and the hubs
will lock.
7
Don’t drive in 2H with the manual
locking hubs in LOCK. If yo1
you could damage your front
driveshaft parts.
I
Transfer Case
To unlock the hubs:
1. Stop your vehicle.
2. Drive seven feet (two meters) in the
direction opposite to the direction
you were driving before you stopped.
3. Then, press the clutch if you have a
manual transmission, and shift the
transfer case to 2H.The hubs will
unlock.
The transfer case shift lever is on the
floor to the right of the driver. Use this
lever to shift into and out of four-wheel
drive. An indicator light comes on when
the transfer case is in 4H or 4L.
2H:This setting is for driving in most
street and highway situations. Your front
axle is not engaged in two-wheel drive.
4H:This setting engages your front axle
to help drive your vehicle. Use 4H
when you need extra traction, such as
on wet or icy roads, or in most off-road
situations.
N (Neutral): Shift to this setting only
when your vehicle needs to be towed.
4L:This setting also engages your front
axle to give you extra traction, but
should be used only for driving downhill
or on slippery surfaces when you’re
driving slower than 35 mph (55 km/h).
Remember that driving in 4H or 4L may
reduce fuel economy. Also, driving in
four-wheel drive on dry pavement could
cause your tires to wear faster and make
your transfer case harder to shift.
You can shift from 2H to 4H or from
4H to 2H at any speed if your hubs are
locked and your wheels are straight
ahead. Your front axle will engage
faster if you take your foot off the
accelerator pedal for a few seconds as
you shift.
Features & Controls
'9
R
:
1
.
1
rn Parking
To shift into or out of 4L:
1. Stop your vehicle and shift your
transmission to N (Neutral).
2. Shift the transfer case in one
continuous motion.
Don't pause in N (Neutral) as you shift
into 4H,or your gears could clash.
900
Parking Brake
The parking brake lever is located
between the seats.
To set the parking brake: Hold the
brake pedal down and pull up on the
parking brake lever. If the ignition is
on, the brake system warning light will
come on.
I
Shifiing into P (Park)
(AUTOMATIC TRANSMlSS/ON)
To release the parking brake: Hold the
brake pedal down. Pull the parking
brake lever up until you can push in the
release button. Hold the release button
in as you move the brake lever all the
way down.
I
NOTICE
Driving with the parking brake on
can cause your rear brakes to
overheat. You may have to replac=
them, and you could also d v w e
other parts of your vehicle.
If you are on a hill: See “Parking on
Hills” in the Index. That section shows
how to turn your front wheels.
If you are towing a trailer and are
parking on any hill: See “Towing a
Trailer” in the Index. That section
shows what to do first to keep the trailer
from moving.
It can be dangerous to get out
of your vehicle if the shift
lever is not fully in P (Park) with
the parking brake firmly set. Your
vehicle can roll,
If you have left the engine
running, the vehicle can move
suddenly. You or others could be
injured. To be sure your vehicle
won’t move, when you’re on fairly
level ground, use the steps that
follow.
If you have four-wheel drive and
your transfer case is in
N (Neutral), your vehicle will be
free to roll even if your shift lever
is in P (Park). So, be sure the
transfer case is in a drive gear not in N (Neutral).
If you are parking on a hill, or if
you’re pulling a trailer, also see
‘‘Parking on Hills” or ‘‘Towing a
Trailer” in the Index.
Features & Controls
Leaving Your Vehide with the
Engine Running
(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION)
A
1. Hold the brake pedal down with your
right foot and set the parking brake.
2. Move the shift lever into the P (Park)
position like this:
Hold in the button on the lever,
and push the lever all the way
toward the front of your vehicle.
3. If you have four-wheel drive, be sure
the transfer case is in a drive gear not in N (Neutral).
4. Move the ignition key to LOCK.
5. Remove the key and take it with you.
If you can walk away from your
vehicle with the ignition key in your
hand, your vehicle is in P (Park).
It can be dangerous to leave
your vehicle with the engine
running. Your vehicle could move
suddenly if the &ifl lever is not
fully in P (Park)with the parking
brake firmly set.
If you have f0.w-wheel driveand
your -fer
w e is.in
N (Neutral), your vehicle will be
free to roll, even if your shift lever
is in P (Park). So be sure the
transfer case is in a drive gear -
not in N (Neutral).
And, if you leave the vehicle with
the engine runnn
i g, it could
overheat and even catch fire.You
or others could be injured. Don't
leave your vehicle with the engine
running unless you have to.
If you have to leave your vehicle with
the engine running, be sure your vehicle
is in P (Park) and your parking brake is
firmly set before you leave it. If you
have four-wheel drive, be sure that the
transfer case is in a drive gear - not in
N (Neutral). After you've moved the
shift lever into the P (Park) position,
hold the regular brake pedal down.
Then, see if you can move the shift
lever away from P (Park) without first
pushing the button. If you can, it means
that the shift lever wasn't fully locked
into P (Park).
I
Shifling out of P (Park)
(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION)
Your Geo has a brake-transmission shift
interlock. You have to fully apply your
regular brake before you can shift from
P (Park) when the ignition is in the ON
position. See “Automatic Transmission”
in the Index.
If you cannot shift out of P (Park), ease
pressure on the shift lever - push the
shift lever all the way into P (Park) and
also release the shift lever button on
floor shift console models as you
maintain brake application. Then move
the shift lever into the gear you wish.
(Press the shift lever button before
moving the shift lever.)
If you ever hold the brake pedal down
but still can’t shift out of P (Park), try
this:
1. Apply and hold the brake until the
end of step 3.
2. Start the vehicle if it’s not already
running.
3. Pull the knob near the parking brakc
handle and then shift to the drive
gear you want.
4. Have the vehicle fixed as soon as
you can.
Parking Your Vehicle
(MANUAL TRANSMISSION)
Before you get out of your vehicle, put
your manual transmission in R (Reverse)
and firmly apply the parking brake.
If you have four-wheel drive, be sure
your transfer case is in a drive gear.
Your vehicle could roll if it isn’t.
Features & Controls
#
Engine Exhaust
t
A
Parking over Things That Burn
If you are parking on a hill, or if you’re
vehicle is equipped to tow a trailer, see
“Parking on Hills” or “Towing a
Trailer’ ’ in the Index.
u w uI
I V I Y
Things that burn could touch
L L hotexhaustpartsunderyour
vehicle and ignite. Don’t park over
papers, leaves, dry grass or other
things that can burn.
Engine exhaust can kill. It
contains the gas carbon
which you can’t see
monoxide (CO),
or smell. It can cause
unconsciousness and death.
You might have exhaust coming in
if:
Your exhaust system sounds
strange or different.
Your vehicle gets rusty
underneath.
Your vehicle was damaged in a
collision.
Your vehicle was damaged when
driving over high points on the
road or over road debris.
Repairs weren’t done correctly.
Your vehicle or exhaust system
had been modified improperly.
If you ever suspect exhaust is
coming into your vehicle:
Drive it only with all the windows
down to blow out any CO; and
Have it fixed immediately.
CAUTION
A
Running Your Engine While
You’re Parked
(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION)
It’s better not to park with the engine
running. But if you ever have to, here
are some things to know.
Idling the engine with the air system control off could allow dangerous
exhaust into your vehicle (see the earlier Caution under “Engine
Exhaust’’).
Also, idling in a closed-in place can let deadly carbon monoxide (CO) into
your vehicle even if the fan switch is at the highest setting. One place this
can happen is a garage. Exhaust - with CO - can come in easily. NEVER
park in a garage with the engine running.
Another closed-in place can be a blizzard. (See “Blizzard” in the Index.)
It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in
P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. Your vehicle can roll. Don’t
leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to. If you’ve
left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could
be injured. To be sure your vehicle won’t move, even when you’re on fairly
level ground, always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to P
(Park).
If you have four-wheel drive and your transfer case is in N (Neutral), your
vehicle will be free to roll, even if your shift lever is in P (Park). So, be sure
the transfer case is in a drive gear - not in N (Neutral). Follow the proper
steps to be sure your vehicle won’t move. See “Shifting into P (Park)” in
the Index.
If you are parking on a hill, or if you’re pulling a trailer, also see “Parking
on Hills” or “Towing a Trailer” in the Index.
c
Features & Controls
.
.
.
.
. .
Windows
Use the window crank to open and close
each door window.
Rear Vent Windows (Option)
To open a rear vent window, pull the
latch out and forward.
To close the window, pull the latch in
and back.
c
H Horn
To sound the horn, press the horn
symbol on your steering wheel.
I Tilt m e e l (OPTION)
1 tilt steerng wheel allows you to adjust
he steering wheel before you drive.
lou can also raise it to the highest level
o give your legs more room when you
:xit and enter the vehicle.
?o tilt the wheel, hold the steering
vheel and lower the lever. Move the
teering wheel to a comfortable level,
hen raise the lever to its highest
losition to lock the wheel in place.
H
I;he Turn SignaULights
CoPttrolHeadlight Beam
Lever
The lever on the left side of the steering
column includes your:
Turn Signal and Lane Change
Indicator
Headlight High/Low Beam and
Passing Signal
Lighting Operation
67
Features & Controls
Turn Signal and lane Change
lndicator
The turn signal has two upward (for
Right) and two downward (for Left)
positions. These positions allow you to
signal a turn or a lane change.
To signal a turn, move the lever all the
way up or down. When the turn is
finished, the lever will return
automatically.
A green arrow on the instrument panel
will flash in the direction of the turn or
lane change.
To signal a lane change, just raise or
lower the lever until the green arrow
starts to flash. Hold it there until you
complete your lane change. The lever
will return by itself when you release it.
As you signal a turn or a lane change, if
the arrows don’t flash but just stay on, a
signal bulb may be burned out and other
drivers won’t see your turn signal.
If a bulb is burned out, replace it to help
avoid an accident. If the green arrows
don’t go on at all when you signal a
turn, check the fuse (see “Fuses and
Circuit Breakers’’ in the Index) and for
burned-out bulbs.
r
Opentiun of Lights
Although your vehicle's lighting system
(headlamps, parking lamps, fog lamps,
side marker lamps and taillamps) meet
all applicable Federal lighting
requirements, certain States and
Provinces may apply their own lighting
regulations that may require special
attention before you operate these
lamps. For example, some jurisdictions
may require that you operate your low
beam lamps with fog lamps at all times,
or that headlamps be turned on
whenever you must use your windshield
wipers. In addition, most jurisdictions
prohibit driving solely with parking
lamps, especially at dawn or dusk. It is
recommended that you check with your
own State or Provincial highway
authority for applicable lighting
regulations.
Turn the outside portion of the lever to
control the lights. There are three
positions for the light switch.
In OFF, all lights are turned off.
The middle position turns on the
parking lights, taillights, license plate
light and the instrument panel
lighting; the headlights are off.
The third position turns on the
headlights.
Lights On Reminder
If you turn the ignition off, remove the
key and leave the lights on, a chime will
sound to remind you to turn off your
lights.
Features & Controls
Headlight High/Low Beam
First, you must have the headlights on.
(See “Lights” in the Index.) Then, pull
the turn signal lever toward you for low
beams. For high beams, push the lever
away from you. When the high beams
are on, a blue light on the instrument
panel also will be on. It will go off
when you switch to low beam.
Passing Signal
With the lever in the low beam position,
pull the lever toward you to
momentarily switch to high beam (to
signal that you are going to pass). When
you release the lever, the headlights will
return to low beam operation.
Daytime Running fights (DM)
lndicator Light (Canada)
Daytime Running f ights
(Canada)
If your vehicle was first sold, when
new, in Canada, you will have this light
on the instrument panel. It goes on
whenever the Daytime Running Lights
are on.
The Canadian Federal Government has
decided that “Daytime Running Lights”
(DRL) are a useful feature, in that DRL
can make your vehicle more visible to
pedestrians and other drivers during
daylight hours. DRL are required on
new vehicles sold in Canada.
The low beam headlights will come on
at reduced brightness in daylight when:
The ignition is on
The headlight switch is off, and
The parking brake is released.
When you turn on your headlights, the
DRL will switch off and the exterior
lights wil come on. When you turn off
4
the headlights, the exterior lights will go
out and the low beams will change to
the reduced brightness of DRL again.
The DRL indicator light on the
instrument panel will go on whenever
the DRL are on. This light means that
only the DRL are on. When you turn on
your exterior lights, this light will go
out,
Of course, you may still turn on the
headlights or passing signal any time
you need to.
To idle your vehicle with DRL off, set
the parking brake. The DRL will stay
off until you release the parking brake.
Interior Lights
Dome Light
The dome light has a three position
switch.
1. The light turns on and stays on
whether or not a door is open.
2. The light comes on when a door is
opened.
3. The light stays off even when a door
is open.
Brightness Control
This knob controls the brightness of
your instrument panel lights. Turn the
knob to the right to brighten the lights
or to the left to dim them.
Features & Controls
W@er/WasherLever
The lever on the right side of the
steering column controls the windshield
wipers and washers.
Move the wiper switch to the position
you want:
OFF - The wipers are off.
INT - Intermittent wiper operation
(if your Tracker has this). In light
rain or snow, you might want to use
this position rather than continuous
wiping.
LO - The wipers will run
continuously at low speed.
HI - The wipers will run
continuously at high speed.
19.72
For a single wiping cycle, push the lever
to MIST. Hold
it there until the wipers
start, then let go. The wipers will stop
after one cycle. If you want more
cycles, holdthe lever on MIST longer.
Washers
fromsnowand
Pull the wipedwasher lever toward you
to spray washer fluid on the windshield.
The spray will continue until you release
the lever. This will also turn on the low
meed wiDers.
II
c
Damaged
wiper
blades
may
prevent you
from
seeing
well
enough in a storm to drive safely.
Toavoid damage, be sure to clear
ice
the wiper
blades before using them. If
they're frozen to the windshield,
carefully loosen or thaw them. If
your blades do become damaged,
get new blades or blade inserts.
I
I
Heavy snow or ice can overload your
wipers. A circuit breaker will stop them
until the motor cools. Clear away snow
or ice to prevent an overload.
r
NOTICE
I
’I 1
a
Driving without
washer
fluid can be dangerous. A
bad mudsplash can block your
vision. You could hit mother
vehicle or go off the road.
Check your washer fluid level
J
*
CI
B
I
often.
In freezing weather, don’t use
your washer until the windshield
is warmed. Otherwise the
washer fluid can form ice on the
windshield, blocking your
vision.
I
When using concentrated washer
fluid, follow the manufacturer’c
instructions for adding wateDon’t mix water with
ready-to-use washer fluid. Wa
can cause the solution to freez
and damage your washer fluid
tank and other parts of the
washer system. Also, wate~
loesn’t clean as well as washe
luid .
her fluid tank Only
full
when it’s very cc
This allows for expansion,
which could damage the tank ifIndex.
* 5 completely full.
Don’t use radiator antifreeze in
{our windshield washer. It can
damage your paint.
Weedwasher
Q
To turnonyour rear wiper, push
.
Push
again
to
turn it off.
To spray washer fluid on the rear
window
push
about
halfway
down.
Washerfluid will spray as long as you
hold
To wash and wipe at the
same time, push
all the way in.
The washerandw&erwill
run aslong
as you hold
. To addwasher fluid,
see “Windshield Washer Fluid” in the
u.
0
r\J
I
73...
Features & Controls
Mimors
Inside Rearview Mirror
An inside rearview mirror is attached
above your windshield. The mirror has a
pivot so that you can adjust it up and
down or side to side.
Inside Day/Night Rearview Mirror
You can adjust the mirror for day or
night driving. Pull the tab for night
daytime driving.
... 74
Convex Outside Mirror
Your right side mirror is convex.
A convex mirror's surface is curved so
you can see more from the driver's seat.
Outside Manual Adjust Mirrors
The mirrors should be adjusted by hand
so that you can just see the side of your
vehicle, when you are sitting in a
comfortable position.
..
>torage and
Compartpnents
Glove Box
To open the glove box, pull the latch
toward you. Use your key to lock and
unlock the glove box.
Door Storage Compartments
Your doors have a storage compartment.
Front Seat Side Pockets
On the outside of each front seat is a
storage pocket.
Instrument Panel Bins
On the top center of the instrument
panel is a storage bin.
Features & Controls
I
Sun Visors
Coinholder and Bin
Your console has a coinholder and a
small storage bin.
To block out glare, you can swing down
the visors.
You can also swing them to the side. If
the visors swing too easily, tighten the
screw on the roof rail.
H
Passenger Assist cirtps
Your Geo may have assist grips.
Passengers can use the grips to help
keep their balance over rough roads or
during sharp turns.
I
rn Ashtrays and Lighter
Front Ashtray
Pull the door to open it. To remove the
ashtray, press down on the tab and pull
out the ashtray.
Other Ashtrays
Other ashtrays are located in the rear
trim panels. To remove the ashtray,
press down on the tab and pull the
ashtray out.
Cigarette Lighter
To use the lighter, push the lighter in all
the way and let go. When it’s ready, it
will pop back by itself.
I I W L
Don’t put papers and other things
that bum into your ashtrays. If you
do, cigarettes or other smoking
materials could set them on fire,
causing damage.
I
Don’t hold a cigarette lighter in
with your hand while it is heating.
If you do, it won’t be able to back
away from the heating element
when it’s ready. That can make it
overheat, damaging the lighter and
the heating element
I
I
I
I
Features & Controls
Instrument Panel
1. AirVent
2. Side Defroster Vent
3. Turn SignaULights
ControVHeadlight Beam Lever
4. Instrument Cluster
5. Hazard Warning Flasher
6. Windshield Wiper/Washer Lever
7. Rear Window Wiper Switch
8. Comfort Controls
9. AudioSystem
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Lighter
Assist Grip
GloveBox
Transmission Shift Lever
Coinholder and Bin
Transfer Case Shift Lever
Parking Brake Lever
Ashtray
Rear Window Washer Switch
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
IgnitionSwitch
Horn
Fuse Block
Rear Window Defogger Switch
Brightness Control
79.
=
Features & Controls
rn Instrument Panel and
Clusters
Your instrument cluster is designed to
let you know at a glance how your
vehicle is running. You’ll know how
fast you’re going, about how much fuel
you have left, and many other things
U S . shown; Canada similar
you’ll need to know to drive safely and
economically.
Optional Cluster
If you have the optional cluster, your
instrument panel gives you additional
information. The cluster includes a
tachometer.
Speedometer and Odometer
Your speedometer lets you see your
speed in both miles per hour (mph) and
kilometers per hour (km/h). Your
odometer shows how far your vehicle
has been driven, in either miles (used in
U.S. shown; Canada similar
the U.S.) or kilometers (used in
Canada).
Your Geo’s odometer is
tamper-resistant. If you can see silver
lines between the numbers, probably
someone has tried to turn it back. The
numbers may not be true.
You may wonder what happens if a
vehicle has to have a new odometer
installed. If possible, the new one has to
be set to the same reading the old one
had. If it can’t be, then it’s set at zero,
but a label on the driver’s door must
show the old reading and when the new
one was installed.
Trip Odometer
The trip odometer can tell you how far
your vehicle has been driven since you
last set the trip odometer to zero.
To set the trip odometer to zero, press
the knob.
81
9
.
9
Features & Conrrols
Tachometer
The tachometer shows engine speed in
thousands of revolutions per minute
(rpm). You can use it while driving to
select correct shift points. The
tachometer may not return to zero when
the engine is not running.
NOTICE
Do not operate the engine with the
tachometer in the red area
engine damage may occur
9
82
Wanting Lights, Gages
and Indicators
Warning lights go on when there may be
This section describes the warning lights or is a problem with one of your
and gages that may be on your vehicle. vehicle’s functions. As you will see in
the details on the next few pages, some
The pictures will help you locate them.
warning lights come on briefly when
Warning lights can signal that something you turn the ignition key just to let you
is wrong before it becomes serious
know they’re working. If you are
enough to cause an expensive repair or
familiar with this section, you should
replacement. Paying attention to your
not be alarmed when this happens.
warning lights and gages could also save
Gages can indicate when there may be
you or others from injury.
or is a problem with one of your
vehicle’s functions. Often’ gages and
warning lights work together to let you
know when there’s a problem with your
vehicle.
c
When one of the warning lights comes
on and stays on when you are driving,
or when one of the gages shows there
may be a problem, check the section
that tells you what to do about it. Please
follow the manual’s advice. Waiting to
do repairs can be costly - and even
dangerous. So please get to know your
warning lights and gages. They’re a big
help.
Fuel Gage
Your fuel gage shows about how much
fuel is in your tank. When the gage first
indicates E, you still have a little fuel
left (about one or two gallons), but you
need to get more right away.
Here are four concerns some owners
have had about the fuel gage. All these
situations are normal and do not indicate
that anything is wrong with the fuel
gage.
At the gas station, the gas pump shuts
off before the gage reads F.
It takes more (or less) gas to fill up
than the gage reads. For example, the
gage reads 1/2 full, but it took more
(or less) than half of the tank’s
capacity to fill it.
The gage moves a little when you
turn, stop or speed up.
When you turn the engine off, the
gage doesn’t go back to E.
83.
9
Features & Controls
Brake System Warning Light
Your Geo’s hydraulic brake system is
divided into two parts. If one part isn’t
working, the other part can still work
and stop you. For good braking, though,
you need both parts working well.
Your vehicle also has rear wheel
anti-lock brakes. If the warning light
goes on, there could be a brake problem
with either your regular or rear wheel
anti-lock brakes, or both. Have your
brake system inspected right away.
This light should come on as you start
the vehicle. If it doesn’t come on then,
have it fixed so it will be ready to warn
you if there’s a problem.
. . .a4
This light will also come on when you
set your parking brake, and it will stay
on if your parking brake doesn’t release
fully. If it stays on after your parking
brake is fully released, it means you
may have a brake problem.
If the light comes on while driving, pull
off the road and stop carefully. You
may notice that the pedal is harder to
push. Or, the pedal may go closer to the
floor. It may take longer to stop. If the
light is still on, have the vehicle towed
for service. (See “Towing Your
Vehicle” in the Index.)
$
Your brake system may not
be working properly if the
brake warning light is on. Driving
with the brake warning light on
can lead to an accident. If the light
is still on after you’ve pulled off
the road and stopped carefully,
have the vehicle towed for service.
I
L
-I
I
Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
This gage shows the engine coolant
temperature. If the gage pointer moves
to the “H” (red) side, your engine is
too hot! It means that your engine
coolant has overheated and you should
stop your vehicle and turn off the engine
as soon as possible.
HOT COOLANT CAN BURN YOU
BADLY!
In “Problems on the Road, this
manual shows what to do. See “Engine
Overheating’’ in the Index.
”
Charging System Light
This light will come on briefly when
you turn on the ignition, but the engine
is not running, as a check to show you it
is working. Then it should go out when
the engine starts. If it stays on, or
comes on while you are driving, you
may have a problem with the electrical
charging system. It could indicate that
you have a loose generator drive belt, or
another electrical problem. Have it
checked right away. Driving while this
light is on could drain your battery.
If you must drive a short distance with
the
light
on, be certain to turn off
all your accessories, such as the radio
and air conditioner.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check
Engine Light)
A computer monitors operation of your
fuel, ignition and emission control
systems. The light should come on when
the ignition is on, but the engine is not
running, as a check to show you it is
working. If it does not come on at all,
have it fixed right away. If it stays on,
or comes on while you are driving, the
computer is indicating that you have a
problem. You should take your vehicle
in for service soon.
85.9.
Engine Oil Pressure Light
If you keep driving your vehicle
with this light on, after a while the
emission controls won’t work as
well, your fuel economy won’t be
as good and your engine may not
run as smoothly. This could lead
to costly repairs not covered by
your warranty.
-8.86
If you have a problem with your oil,
this light may stay on after you start
your engine, or come on when you are
driving. This indicates that there is not
enough pressure to keep your engine
properly lubricated and cool. The engine
could be low on oil, or could have some
other oil related problem. Have it fixed
right away.
The oil light could also come on in three
other situations.
When the ignition is on but the engine
is not running, the light will come on
as a test to show you it is working,
but the light will go out when you
turn the engine to START. If it
doesn’t come on with the ignition on,
you may have a problem with the fuse
or bulb. Have it fixed right away.
Sometimes when the engine is idling
at a stop, the light may blink on and
off. This is normal.
If you make a hard stop, the light
may come on for a moment. This is
normal.
I
CAUTlON
A
Don’t keep driving if the oil
pressure is low. If you do,
your engine can become so hot
that it catches on fire. You or
others could be burned. Check
your oil as soon as possible and
have your vehicle serviced.
~
Convertible Top (OPTION) -I
C
Your convertible top features a sunroof,
a removable rear window and a
removable canvas top.
A
Don’t change the center
-pillars or horizontal roof
support. These parts are designed
to help protect you and passengers
in a crash. Don’t add anything,
like light bars or roll bars, to these
parts, either. If the center pillars
or horizontal roof support are ever
damaged, be sure to have them
repaired as soon as possible so
they’ll be able to protect you in a
crash.
NOTlCE
Damage to your engine from
neglected oil problems can
costly and is not covered by your
I
1
I
*
Never raise or lower the top while the-vehicle .is moving, or drive with any
part of the top unfastened or partially -removed. The wind Could t under ‘it
and cause-damage.
Do not take.your vehicle through an a
your convertible -top.
0 ,Don? try to lower or raise the conver
le top or tap or beat on the plasti
windows if your car is out in d d weatIq.4 1OF (5°C) or below. The.cold.
can cause cracks -and other damage ta th ;inb---rsand to the top as it is. ’
being lowered or-raised
..e Don’t.lower the top if it is dl. p or w
After E tc is down, the trapp
----iter-- cause stains, mildew and damage to *% in-’Je of your car. Be
&e to dry -off
top.before you lower it.
* Don’t lowerthe convertible top if the rear f or sic: wndol are di
Dirt could scratch the side windows..
The convertible top isn’t designed to carry weight. Never let anyone sit on
the top, and don’t put anything on top.of it when it is up, or it could be
damaged. ’
. .
The parts of your convertible top are:
1. Top Bow Latch
2. Front Top Bow
3. Horizontal Roof Support
4. Rear Top Bow
5. Strap
6. Strut
7. Clamp
8. Center Pillar
9. Roof Rail
’
:
I
.
.
.
~.
...
I
.
9
-88
:&e
I
3
3pening and Closing Your Sunroof
I. Lower your antenna and swing your
sun visors down.
Squeeze the front top bow latch
buttons and pull the latch back.
!.
3. Unhook the latch from the front top
bow.
4. Swing the front top bow up and back
while folding the canvas top out from
between the top bow and the roof
support. Be sure that you don’t pinch
the canvas top between the front top
bow arms and the roof rails.
89-
9
Features & Controls
5. Unfasten the holding strap near the
dome light and pull it through the
slot in the front top bow.
6. Fasten the holding strap to itself.
7. Push the front top bow latches down
until they “click. ”
8. Swing your sun visors up and raise
your antenna.
Reverse the steps to close your sunroof.
Be sure your front top bow is latched
securely.
Opening and Closing Your Rear
Window
Make sure your rear window is clean
before you try to remove it. See
“Special Care of Canvas Top” in the
Index.
1. Unfasten the lower left corner flap to
uncover the zipper pull.
2. Unzip the rear window. If the zipper
is hard to move, you can lubricate it
with beeswax, bar soap or silicone
spray. Remove the window.
A
It can be dangerous to drive
with the rear window open or
removed. Carbon monoxide (CO)
gas can come into your vehicle.
You can’t see it or smell CO. It
can cause unconsciousness and
even death.
If you must drive with the rear
window open:
Make sure all other windows arc
shut.
Turn the fan on your heating or
cooling system to its highest
.
speed with the setting on=
That will force outside air into
your vehicle. See “Comfort
Controls” in the Index.
If you have air vents on or
under the instrument panel, open
them all the way.
Reverse the steps to close the rear
window. Be sure that it is completely
closed.
I
Removing and Installing Your Rear
Window
1. Unfasten the lower corner flaps on
both sides.
2. There are two places on the canvas
on the tailgate marked PULL. Pull at
each place to unhook the rear
window frame from the tailgate.
Also, pull the canvas at the center of
the tailgate.
3. Unzip and remove the rear window.
4. Lay the rear window inside-up on a
clean, dry, flat surface and roll the
rear window from the bottom to the
top.
Reverse the steps to install the rear
window. Be sure the rear window is
completely closed before driving.
Removing and Installing Your Canvas
TOP
1. Lower your antenna and swing your
sun visors down.
2. Remove your rear window. See
“Removing and Installing Your Rear
Window” in this section.
91
..-
Features & Controls
3. Unsnap the upper and lower straps
that connect the rear top bow to the
side window frames.
4. From inside your vehicle, push out
on the lower front corner metal
support of the rear side window
frames.
5. Unfasten the rear side windows from
the frames.
6. Hook the frames back to the body of
your vehicle.
Be sure the strap is above the frame
so you don't pinch the strap between
the frame and the body of the
vehicle.
Snap the strap on the frame to
itself.
7. Squeeze the front top bow latch
buttons and pull the latch back.
8.
Unhookthelatchfromthefronttop
bow.
9. Swing the front top bow back so
you'll have some slack in the
canvas top.
I O . Unhook the canvas top from the
front top bow.
1 1. Unsnap the tension straps at the
roof rails and pull the straps out of
the plastic loops.
12. Unsnap the flaps near the dome
light, that hold the canvas top to the
roof support.
... 94
13. Slide out the rear corner pieces.
14. Unsnap the canvas from the rear
top bow.
15. Remove the canvas top from the
vehicle and lay inside-up on a
clean, dry, flat surface.
16. Pull up and back on the rear top
bow struts and swing each strut
forward.
17. Clamp the struts to the rear top
bow.
18. Swing down the rear top bow and
secure it with the strap at the inside
center of your tailgate.
19. Pull the front top bow forward and
lock it in place.
Reverse the steps to install your canvas
top. Be sure:
The front top bow is securely latched.
The rear side window frames are
installed all the way into the corners
of the canvas.
The rear side window frames are
clamped to the body.
The rear straps on the side window
frames are snapped.
The rear top bow struts are secure in
their proper place.
95-.=
I
1
Features & Controls
Preparing Your Canvas Top for
Storage
1. Lay the canvas top inside-up on a
clean, dry, flat surface.
...96
2. Fold the side windows onto the top.
3. Fold the front part of the canvas top
over the windows.
4. Lay the rear window on top of the
folded canvas top.
5. Roll the canvas top around the rear
window.
6. Store in a clean, dry location.
97.
=
Notes
Notes
99.
Notes
m
m
.
100
Part 3
Comfort Controls&
Audio Systems
I n this part you'll find out how to Comfort Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Heater Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
operate the comfort control
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .103
system and audio systems
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . 103
Bi-LevelHeating
offered with your Geo . Be sure to
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
read about the particular system
Defogging and Defrosting Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
supplied with your vehicle .
Air Conditioner Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Dehumidifying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Rearwindow Defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Flow-Through Ventilation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audiosystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting the Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AM/FM Stereo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AM/FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Understanding Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Care of Your Cassette Tape Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
106
106
107
108
110
115
115
116
101
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
urnfort Controls
With this system, you can control the
heating and ventilation in your Geo. If
you have the air conditioning option,
you can also control cooling,
Your vehicle also has the flow-through
ventilation system described later in this
section.
Heater Controls
Air Intake Lever
Choose this position to recirculate
the inside air through the comfort
control system.
Choose this position to circulate
outside air through the comfort control
system.
Airflow Lever
Use this lever to direct the airflow.
*
;
: This position directs the airflow
through the instrument panel vents.
\d
#o: This position directs air through
the instrument panel vents and toward
the floor.
WP: This position directs air toward
the floor.
a:
m:
-9 : This position directs air toward
the floor, the windshield and side
windows.
till, : This position directs air to the
windshield.
Temperature Control Lever
Slide the lever to change the temperature
of the air flowing from the heating
system. Move it toward the right for
warmer air and to the left for cooler air.
The temperature of the air can not be
less than the temperature of the outside
air.
Fan Control Lever
: Slide this lever to turn the heating
system on or off. Move the lever toward
to increase the fan's speed.
Heating
Bi-Level Heating
Ventilation
1. For the quickest results, move the air
intake lever t o m .
0
2. Move the airflow lever to w d .
3. Move the temperature lever toward
the right for warmer air.
4. Move the fan lever toward # .
5. You should
switch to
once in a
while to avoid stale air and cloudy
windows.
You may want to use bi-level heating on
cool, but sunny days. This setting
directs cool air toward your body and
warmer air toward your feet.
1. Move the air intake lever t o m .
2. Move
the airflow lever to
.
3. Move the temperature lever to the
center.
4. Movethefanlevertoward
# .
For mild outside temperatures when
little heating or cooling is needed, you
can still direct outside air through your
vehicle.
1 Move the air intake lever t o m .
2. Move
the
airflow
lever to
.
3. Adjust the temperature lever to a
comfortable setting.
4. Move
thefancontrollever
to
.
.
Comfort Controls& Audio Systems
I
1. Slide the air intake lever to =.
2. Slide the airflow lever to Q to
direct air to the windshield vents.
3. Slide the temperature lever toward
the right.
4. Slidethefanleverto
# .
When the windshield is clear, turn down
the fan speed.
To defog the side windows, slide the
airflow lever to ZJ. For increased
airflow to the side vents, close the
center vents.
... 104
Air Conditioner Controls
Cooling
The air conditioning system uses the
same controls as the heating system. The
function of each lever is explained under
“Heater Controls” in this part. The
incoming air is cooled and dehumidified
instead of being heated.
A/C: Push this button to change your
comfort control system from heating to
air conditioning. A light will come on
when the air conditioning is on. The
A/C button can also control the
humidity in your vehicle.
The air conditioner works best if you
keep your windows closed. On very hot
days, open the windows just long
enough for the hot air to escape.
1. Push the A/C button.
2. Move the air intake lever to
for normal cooling. For faster
cooling move the lever t o m .
3. Move the airflow lever to -$ .
4. Move the temperature control lever
toward the left.
5. Movethefancontrol lever to # .
Dehumidifying
RearWindowDefogger
On days when it is raining or the
humidity is high, follow these
dehumidifying steps instead of the
cooling directions. It will help clean
windows that are cloudy with moisture.
1. Push the A/Cbutton.
2. Move the air intake lever t o m .
3. Movethe airflow lever to
.
4. Move the fan control lever toward
The rear window defogger uses a
warming grid to remove fog from the
rear window.
Press the switch to turn on the defogger.
An indicator light will come on below
the switch to remind you that the
defogger is on. Press the switch again to
turn the defogger off. The rear window
defogger will also turn off if you turn
the ignition switch to ACC or LOCK.
Do not attach anything like a temporary
vehicle license or a decal across the
defogger grid on the rear window.
s-
5. Adjust the temperature control lever
to a comfortable setting.
(OPTIO~V)
I
Don’t use a razor blade
something else sharp on the inside
of the rear window. If you do, yc
could cut or damage the warming
grid, and therepairs would1 be
covered by your warranty.
Comfort Controls& Audio Systems
rmw-rirmuflh Ventilation System
Your Geo's flow-through ventilation
system supplies outside air into the
vehicle when it is moving. Outside air
will also enter the car when the heater
or the air conditioning fan is running.
106
H Audio
Ventilation Tips
Keep the hood and front air inlet free
of ice, snow, or any other obstruction
(such as leaves). The heater and
defroster will work far better,
reducing the chance of fogging the
inside of your windows.
When you enter a car in cold weather,
move the fan lever toward # for a
few moments before driving off. This
helps clear the intake ducts of snow
and moisture, and reduces 'the chance
of fogging the inside of your
windows.
Keep the air path under the front seats
clear of objects. This helps air to
circulate throughout your car.
Systems
Your Delco@audio system has been
designed to operate easily and give years
of listening pleasure. But you will get
the most enjoyment out of it if you
acquaint yourself with it first. Find out
what your Delco@audio system can do
and how to operate all its controls, to be
sure you're getting the most out of the
advanced engineering that went into it.
NU I I L - t
~~~
CAUTION
A
Hearing damage from loud
noise is almost undetectable
until it is too late. Your hearing
can. adapt to higher volumes of
sound. Sound that seems normal
can be loud and harmful to your
hearing. Take precautions by
adjusting the volume control on
your radio to a safe sound level
before your hearing adapts to it.
To help avoid hearing loss or
damage:
Adjust the volume control to the
lowest setting.
Increase volume slowly until
you hear comfortably and
clearly.
~
~
~~
~~
~
Before you add any sound
equipment to your vehicle - like a
tape player, CB radio, mobile
telephone or two-way radio - be
sure you can add what you want.
If you can, it’s very important to
do it properly. Added sound
equipment may interfere with the
operation of your vehicle’s engine,
Delco@radio or other systems, and
even damage them. And, your
vehicle’s systems may interfere
with the operation of sound
equipment that has been added
improperly.
So, before adding sound
equipment, check with your dealer
and be sure to check Federal rules
covering mobile r A : o and
telephone units
AMiFM Stereo
1. Press and hold RCL (TIME SET).
At the same time press and hold
TUNE 4 (HR) until the correct hour
appears.
2. Press and hold RCL (TIME SET).
At the same time press and hold
TUNE b (MIN) until the correct
minute appears.
107
=
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
s I tutu
AMW
1
2
3
4
5
6
AM/FM Stereo with Cassette Tape
Player
1. Press and hold RCL/PROG (TIME
SET). At the same time press and
hold TUNE 4 (HR)until the correct
hour appears.
2. Press and hold RCL/PROG (TIME
SET). At the same time press and
hold TUNE b (MIN) until the
correct minute appears.
A YFM Stereo
To Play the Radio
Turn the ON/VOL knob to turn the
system.on or off.
Volume
Turn the ON/VOL knob to adjust the
volume.
AM-FM
Press AM-FM to get AM or FM. The
lighted display shows your selection.
Tune
Press TUNE, or T U N E 4 to go to a
higher or lower station. Press either
button and hold to continue tuning and
release when you find your station. The
display will indicate the frequency of
each station tuned.
r
Seek
Press SEEK, or SEEK4 and the
radio will tune to the next higher or
lower station and stay there.
Pushbuttons
The six pushbuttons let you return to
your favorite stations. To set the
pushbuttons for up to 12 stations (6 AM
and 6 FM), just:
1. Tune in the station.
2. Press and hold one of the
pushbuttons for at least two seconds.
The sound will go away for a second
and will return when the station is
stored.
Repeat these steps for each pushbutton.
Setting the Tone
Treble: Turn the TREB knob to the
right to hear more treble.
Bass: Turn the BASS control behind the
TREB knob to the right to hear more
bass.
Adjusting the Speakers
Fade: Turn the FADE knob to move the
sound between the front and rear
speakers.
Balance: Turn the BAL control behind
the FADE knob to move the sound
between the left and right speakers.
Recall
Press RCL to switch the display
between time and frequency. Or, press it
if you want to see the time when the
ignition is off.
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
9M/FM Stereo with Cassette
Tape Player
To Play the Radio
h r n the ON/VOL knob to turn the
;ystem on or off.
Volume
Turn the ON/VOL knob to adjust the
volume.
AM-FM
Press AM-FM to get AM, FM 1 or
FM2. The lighted display shows your
selection.
Tune
Press TUNE, or TUNE4 to go to a
higher or lower station. Press either
button and hold to continue tuning and
release when you find your station. The
display will indicate the frequency of
each station tuned.
Seek
Press SEEK, or SEEK4 and the radio
will tune to the next higher or lower
station and stay there.
Pushbuttons
The six pushbuttons let you return to
your favorite stations. To set the
pushbuttons for up to 18 stations (6 AM,
6 FMl, and 6 FM2), just:
1. Tune in the station.
2. Press and hold one of the
pushbuttons for at least two seconds.
The sound will go away for a second
and will return when the station is
stored.
Repeat these steps for each pushbutton.
Setting the Tone
Treble: Turn the TREB knob to the
right to hear more treble.
Bass: Turn the BASS control behind the
TREB knob to the right to hear more
bass.
Loud
To increase the bass tone at low
volumes, press the LOUD button.
Tone Select
Press TONE SELECT to choose preset
treble and bass equalization settings
designed for “ROCK,” “NEWS,”
“POP,” “JAZZ” and “CLASSICAL.”
“ROCK” will appear when you first
press TONE SELECT. Each time you
press TONE SELECT another setting
will appear on the display. Press TONE
SELECT again after “CLASSICAL”
and control of the tone will be back to
the treble and bass knobs.
Adjusting the Speakers
Fade: Turn the FADE knob to move the
sound between the front and rear
speakers.
Balance: Turn the BAL control behind
the FADE knob to move the sound
between the right and left speakers.
Preset Scan
Press the PRESET SCAN button to
hear each of your FM preset stations for
a few seconds. When you want to stop
at a chosen station, press PRESET
SCAN again.
Recall
Press RCL/PROG to switch the display
between time and frequency. Or, press il
if you want to see the time when the
ignition is off.
To Play a Cassette Tape
Your tape player is built to work best
with tapes that are 30-45 minutes long
on each side. Tapes longer than that are
so thin they may not work well in this
Dlaver.
The longer side with the tape visible
Rewind
should face to the right. If you hear
Press REW to rapidly reverse the tape.
nothing or hear just a garbled sound, it
Press REW, RCLlPROG or
maynot be in squarely. Press
to
(Stop/Eject) to return to playing speed.
remove the tape and start over. Once the
To Play the Next Selection
tape is playing, use the knobs for
Press NEXT to go forward to the
volume and balance, just as you do for
beginning of the next selection.
the radio. The lighted arrows show
which side of the tape is playing.
For NEXT to work properly, your tape
Your bias is set automatically. When a
must have at least three or four seconds
metal or chrome tape is inserted,
of silence between each selection.
“MTL” is shown on the display.
Previous
Fast Forward
Press PREV to hear the last selection
Press FF to rapidly advance to another
over. Press PREV again or press
part of the tape. Press FF, RCL/PROG RCL/PROG or
(Stop/Eject) to
or
(Stop/Eject) to return to
cancel this function.
playing speed.
A
A
A
Program
Press RCL/PROG to switch from one
side of the tape to the other.
Your cassette tape player can play
continuously because the player has an
auto-reverse feature.
Dolby DD@
Press 00 to removenoise from
Dolby DD@ NR-encoded tapes.
Dolby@’ Noise Reduction is
manufactured under license from Dolby
Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
Dolby and the double-D symbol are
trademarks of Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.
l
EJECT
Press
A to remove the tape or stop
the tape and switch to radio.
Radio Monitor
Press the RADIO MNTR button to hear
the radio when you are fast forwarding
or reversing a cassette tape. You can use
the TUNE, SEEK and PRESET SCAN
buttons while in the radio monitor
mode.
Theft-Deterrent Feature
The theft-deterrent feature for the
AM/FM stereo with cassette tape player
can be used or ignored. If ignored, the
system plays normally. If it is used,
your system won’t be usable if it’s ever
stolen.
Setting Your Security Code
The instructions below tell you how to
enter a security code into the system. If
your vehicle loses battery power for any
reason, you must enter the security code
again before the system will turn on.
1. Write down any four-digit number
and keep it in a safe place.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC
or ON position.
3. Turn the audio system off.
4. Press the 1 and 4 buttons together.
Hold them down until “-L” shows
on the display.
You are now ready to enter your
security code. Don’t wait more than 15
seconds between steps.
5. Press 4SEEKb and/or 4TUNEb
and “OOOO” will appear on the
display.
6. Press SEEK4 and hold it until the
first digit of your code appears.
Release the button.
7. Press SEEK, and hold it until the
second digit of your code appears.
Release the button.
8. Press TUNE4 and hold it until the
third digit of your code appears.
Release the button.
113.
9
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
9. Press TUNE, and hold it until the
fourth digit of your code appears.
Release the button.
10. Press AM-FM after you have
checked that the code you entered
is the one you wrote down. Your
code is not stored and “SEC” will
appear on the display.
How to Shut Off the Theft-Deterrent
Feature
If your radio is secured (“SEC” shows
on the display) and you wish to disable
it, enter your security code as follows
pausing no more than 15 seconds
between steps:
1 Press the 1 and 4 buttons together.
Hold them down until “----” shows
.
on the display. You are now ready to
enter your security code.
2. Press the SEEK4 button and hold it
until the first digit of your code
appears.
3. Press the SEEK, button and hold it
until the second digit of your code
appears.
4. Press the TUNE4 button and hold it
until the third digit of your code
appears.
5. Press the TUNE, button and hold it
until the fourth digit of your code
appears.
6. Press AM-FM after you have
checked that the code you entered
matches the one you wrote down.
---- should now appear in the
display.
If the code is correct, the radio will
operate. If the code is wrong, ‘bErr”
will appear in the display.
To Unlock the System after a Power
Loss
If power is disrupted to the radio while
in the “SEC” mode, the unit will not
work and “LOC” will show on the
display whenever the ignition is on. To
unlock the unit:
1. Press 4SEEKb and/or 4TUNEF
and “00o0” will appear on the
display.
“
”
Understanding Radio Reception
2. Press the SEEK4 button and hold it
until the first digit of your code
appears.
3. Press the SEEK, button and hold it
until the second digit of your code
appears.
4. Press the TUNE4 button and hold it
until the third digit of your code
appears.
5. Press the TUNE, button and hold it
until the fourth digit of your code
appears.
6. Press AM-F” after you have
checked that the code matches the
one you wrote down. Now “SEC”
will appear in the display,
F” Stereo
FM stereo will give you the best sound,
but FM signals will reach only about
10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km). And, tall
buildings or hills can interfere with
FM signals, causing the sound to come
and go.
AM
The range for most AM stations is
greater than for FM, especially at night.
The longer range, however, can cause
stations to interfere with each other.
AM can pick up noise from things like
storms and power lines. Try reducing
the treble to reduce this noise if you
ever get it.
c
Care of Your Cassette Tape
Player
A tape player that is not cleaned
regularly can cause reduced sound
quality, ruined cassettes, or a damaged
mechanism. Cassette tapes should be
stored in their cases away from
contaminants, direct sunlight, and
extreme heat. If they aren’t, they may
not operate properly or cause failure of
the tape player.
Your tape player should be cleaned
regularly each month or after every 15
hours of use. If you notice a reduction
in sound quality, try a known good
cassette to see if the tape or the tape
player is at fault. If this other cassette
has no improvement in sound quality,
clean the tape player.
115
9
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
Antenna
Clean your tape player with a
wiping-action, non-abrasive cleaning
cassette and follow the directions
provided with it.
Cassettes are subject to wear and the
sound quality may degrade over time.
Always make sure that the cassette tape
is in good condition before you have
your tape player serviced.
. . . 116
Use the knob on the end of the antenna
to raise the antenna or to push it back
down. Keep the antenna mast clean for
good performance.
Always lower the antenna before
entering a car wash.
If you have the canvas top, also lower
the antenna before removing or
installing the top.
Part 4
Your Driving and the Road
H e r e YOU’II find information
about driving on different kinds
of roads and in varying weather
conditions. We’ve also included
many other useful tips on driving .
Roadsigns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
.
DefensiveDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
DrunkenDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
126
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Off-Road Driving with Your Geo
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
Drivingat Night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Driving in the Rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Driving in Fog. Mist and Haze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
City Driving ........................................................
164
165
Freeway Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving a Long Distance .............................................. 167
Hilland MountainRoads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
ParkingonHills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
171
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
173
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
177
TowingaTrailer
Recreational
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
......................... 186
117 =
.
Your Driving and the Road
A
WAY
I
Lw7A
LOW
SHOULDER
Color of Road Signs
RED means STOP. It may also indicate
m Road Signs
The road signs you see everywhere are
coded by color, shape and symbols. It’s
a good idea to know these codes so that
you can quickly grasp the basic meaning
or intent of the sign even before you
have a chance to read it.
that some movement is not allowed.
Examples are DO NOT ENTER and
WRONG WAY.
ORANGE indicates road construction or
maintenance. You’ll want to slow down
when you see an orange sign, as part of
the road may be closed off or torn up.
And there may be workers and
maintenance vehicles around, too.
NARROW
BRIDGE
. . . 118
YELLOW indicates a general warning.
Slow down and be careful when you see
a yellow sign. It may signal a railroad
crossing ahead, a no-passing zone, or
some other potentially dangerous
situation. Likewise, a yellow solid line
painted on the road means “Don’t
Cross.”
GREEN is used to guide the driver.
Green signs may indicate upcoming
freeway exits or show the direction you
should turn to reach a particular place.
V
A
HOSPITAL
INF(
BLUE signs with white letters show
motorists' services.
YIELD
P
Shape of Road Signs
The shape of the sign will tell you
something, too.
An OCTAGONAL (eight-sided) sign
means STOP. It is always red with
white letters.
A TRIANGLE, pointed downward,
indicates YIELD. It assigns the
right-of-way to traffic on certain
approaches to an intersection.
w'
CANOEING
SWIMMING
BROWN signs point out recreation
areas or points of historic or cultural
interest.
END DIVIDED HIGHWAY
A DIAMOND-shaped sign is a warning
of something ahead - for example, a
curve, steep hill, soft shoulder, or a
narrow bridge.
A TRIANGULAR sign also is used on
two-lane roads to indicate a NO
PASSING ZONE. This sign will be on
the left side of the roadway.
119.
Your Driving and
KEEP
THROUGH
RIGHT
LEFT OR
RIGHT TURN
ONLY
RECTANGULAR (square or oblong)
signs show speed limits, parking
regulations, give directions and such
information as distances to cities.
NO RIGHT
TURN
FOOD
Symbols on Road Signs
There are many international road signs
in use today.
Traffic Lights
NO U
BICYCLES
TURN
NO
NO
PARKING
The basic message of many of these
signs is in pictures or graphic symbols.
A picture within a circle with a diagonal
line across it shows what not to do.
.
120
We’re all familiar with traffic lights or
stop lights. Often green arrows are
being used in the lights for improved
traffic control. On some multilane roads,
green arrows light up, indicating that
traffic in one or more lanes can move or
make a turn. Green arrows don’t mean
“go no matter what. ” You’ll still need
to proceed with caution, yielding the
right of way to pedestrians and
sometimes to other vehicles.
Some traffic lights also use red arrows
to signify that you must stop before
turning on red.
Y
REVERSIBLE
LANE ON
MULTI-LANE
ROADWAY
Many city roads and expressways, and
zven bridges, use reversible-lane traffic
:ontrol during rush hours. A red X light
above a lane means no driving in that
lane at that time. A green arrow means
you may drive in that lane. Look for the
signs posted to warn drivers what hours
and days these systems are in effect.
NO PASSING ZONE
Pavement Markings
Pavement markings add to traffic signs
and signals. They give information to
drivers without taking attention from the
roadway. A solid yellow line on your
side of the road or lane means “don’t
xoss. ”
Your Own Signals
Drivers signal to others, too. It’s not
only more polite, it’s safer to let other
drivers know what you are doing. And
in some places the law requires driver
signals.
Turn and lane change signals. Always
signal when you plan to turn or change
lanes.
If necessary, you can use hand signals
out the window: Left arm straight out
for a left turn, down for slow or
about-to-stop, and up for a right turn.
Your Driving and the Road
Defensive Driving
Slowing down. If time allows, tap the
The best advice anyone can give about
driving
is: Drive defensively.
brake pedal once or twice in advance of
slowing or stopping. This warns the
Please start with a very important safety
driver behind you.
device in your Geo: Buckle up. (See
Disabled. Your four-way flashers signal “Safety Belts” in the Index.)
that your vehicle is disabled or is a
Defensive driving really means “be
hazard. See “Hazard Warning
ready for anything.” On city streets,
Flashers” in the Index.
rural roads, or freeways, it means
“always expect the unexpected.”
Trafilc Officer
The traffic police officer is also a source Assume that pedestrians or other drivers
are going to be careless and make
of important information. The officer’s
mistakes. Anticipate what they might do.
signals govern, no matter what the
Be ready for their mistakes.
traffic lights or other signs say.
The next section discusses some of the
road conditions you may encounter.
.122
Expect children to dash out from behind
parked cars, often followed by other
children. Expect occupants in parked
cars to open doors into traffic. Watch
for movement in parked cars someone may be about to open a door.
Expect other drivers to run stop signs
when you are on a through street. Be
ready to brake if necessary as you go
through intersections. You may not have
to use the brake, but if you do, you will
be ready.
[f you’re driving through a shopping
center parking lot where there are
well-marked lanes, directional arrows,
and designated parking areas, expect
Drunken Driving
some drivers to ignore all these
markings and dash straight toward one
part of the lot.
Pedestrians can be careless. Watch for
them. In general, you must give way to
pedestrians even if you know you have
the right of way.
Rear-end collisions are about the most
preventable of accidents. Yet they are
common. Allow enough following
distance. It’s the best defensive driving
maneuver, in both city and rural
driving. You never know when the
vehicle in front of you is going to brake
or turn suddenly.
Death and injury associated with
Here’s a final bit of information about
drinking and driving is a national
defensive driving. The most dangerous
tragedy. It’s the number one contributor
time for driving in the U.S. is very
to the highway death toll, claiming
early on Sunday morning. In fact, GM
Research studies show that the most and thousands of victims every year.
Alcohol takes away three things that
the least dangerous times for driving,
anyone needs to drive a vehicle:
every week, fall on the same day. That
day is Sunday. The most dangerous time
Judgment
is Sunday from 3 a.m. to 4 a.m. The
Muscular Coordination
safest time is Sunday from 10 a.m. to
Vision
11 a.m. Driving the same distance on a
Sunday at 3 a.m. isn’t just a little more
Police records show that half of all
dangerous than it is at 10 a.m. It’s about motor vehicle-related deaths involve
134 times more dangerous!
alcohol - a driver, a passenger or
someone else, such as a pedestrian, had
That leads to the next section.
been drinking. In most cases, these
Your Driving and the Road
deaths are the result of someone who
was drinking and driving. Over 25,000
motor vehicle-related deaths occur each
year because of alcohol, and thousands
of people are injured.
Just how much alcohol is too much if a
person plans to drive? Ideally, no one
should drink alcohol and then drive. But
if one does, then what’s “too much”? It
can be a lot less than many might think.
Although it depends on each person and
situation, here is some general
information on the problem.
The Blood Alcohol Content (BAC) of
someone who is drinking depends upon
four things:
How much alcohol is in the drink.
The drinker’s body weight.
The amount of food that is consumed
before and during drinking.
The length of time it has taken the
drinker to consume the alcohol.
According to the American Medical
Association, a 180-pound (82 kg) person
who drinks three 12-ounce (355 ml)
bottles of beer in an hour will end up
with a BAC of about 0.06 percent. The
person would reach the same BAC by
drinking three 4-ounce (120 ml) glasses
of wine or three mixed drinks if each
had 1- 1/2 ounces (45 ml) of a liquor like
whiskey, gin or vodka.
It’s the amount of alcohol that counts.
For example, if the same person drank
three double martinis (3 ounces or 90 ml
of liquor each) within an hour, the
person’s BAC would be close to 0.12
percent. A person who consumes food
just before or during drinking will have
a slightly lower BAC level.
DRINKING THAT WILL
RESULT IN A BAC OF .05%
IN THE TIME SHOWN
1
-I
i
I
=
I
1 2 HOURS
i
noUR
4
IVJ
120
140
160
180
Mo
220
240
aoov WEIGHT IN POUNDS
The law in most U.S. states sets the
legal limit at a BAC of 0.10 percent. In
Canada the limit is 0.08 percent, and in
some other countries it’s lower than
that. The RAC will be over 0.10 percent
after three to six drinks (in one hour).
Of course, as we’ve seen, it depends on
how much alcohol is in the drinks, and
how quickly the person drinks them.
But it’s very important to keep in mind
that the ability to drive is affected well
below a BAC of 0.10 percent. Research
shows that the driving skills of many
people are impaired at a BAC
approaching 0.05 percent, and that the
effects are worse at night. All drivers
are impaired at BAC levels above 0.05
percent. Statistics show that the chance
of being in an accident increases sharply
for drivers who have a BAC of 0.05
percent or above. A driver with a BAC
level of 0.06 percent (three beers in one
hour for a 180-pound or 82 kg person)
has doubled his or her chance of having
an accident. At a BAC level of 0.10
percent, the chance of that driver having
an accident is six times greater; at a
level of 0.15 percent, the chances are
twenty-five times greater! And, the body
takes about an hour to rid itself of the
alcohol in one drink. No amount of
coffee or number of cold showers will
speed that up.
“I’ll be careful” isn’t the right answer.
What if there’s an emergency, a need to
take sudden action, as when a child
darts into the street? A person with a
higher BAC might not be able to react
quickly enough to avoid the collision.
Your Driving and the Road
IConboi of
There's something else about drinking
and driving that many people don't
know. Medical research shows that
alcohol in a person's system can make
crash injuries worse. That's especially
true for brain, spinal cord and heart
injuries. That means that if anyone who
has been drinking - driver or passenger
- is in a crash, the chance of being
killed or permanently disabled is higher
than if that person had not been
drinking. And we've already seen that
the chance of a crash itself is higher for
drinking drivers.
-
9
126
A
Drinking and then driving is
very dangerous. Your
reflexes, perceptions, and
judgment will be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You
could have a serious - or even
fatal - accident if you drive after
drinking. Please don't drink and
drive or ride with a driver who has
been drinking. Ride home in a
cab; or if you're with a group,
designate a driver who will not
drink.
I
a Vehicle
You have three systems that make your
vehicle go where you want it to go.
They are the brakes, the steering and the
accelerator. All three systems have to do
their work at the places where the tires
meet the road.
Sometimes, as when you're driving on
snow or ice, it's easy to ask more of
those control systems than the tires and
road can provide. That means you can
lose control of your vehicle.
Braking
Braking action involves perception time
and reaction time.
First, you have to decide to push on the
brake pedal. That’s perception time.
Then you have to bring up your foot and
do it. That’s reaction time.
Average reaction time is about 3/4 of a
second. But that’s only an average. It
might be less with one driver and as
long as two or three seconds or more
with another. Age, physical condition,
alertness, coordination, and eyesight all
play a part. So do alcohol, drugs and
frustration. But even in 3/4 of a second,
a vehicle moving at 60 mph (100 km/h)
travels 66 feet (20 m). That could.be a
lot of distance in an emergency, so
keeping enough space between your
vehicle and others is important.
And, of course, actual stopping
distances vary greatly with the surface
of the road (whether it’s pavement or
gravel); the condition of the road (wet,
dry, icy); tire tread; and the condition of
your brakes.
Most drivers treat their brakes with
care. Some, however, overwork the
braking system with poor driving habits.
Avoid needless heavy braking. Some
people drive in spurts - heavy
acceleration followed by heavy
braking - rather than keeping pace
with traffic. This is a mistake. Your
brakes may not have time to cool
between hard stops. Your brakes will
wear out much faster if you do a lot
of heavy braking.
Don’t “ride” the brakes by letting
your left foot rest lightly on the brake
pedal while driving.
Your Driving
N U 1 /Ut
GAU I IUN
A
“Riding” your brakes can
cause them to overheat to the
point that they won’t work well.
You might not be able to stop your
vehicle in time to avoid an
accident. If you “ride” your
brakes, they will get so hot they
will require a lot of pedal force to
slow you down. Avoid “riding”
the brakes.
. . . 128
I
“Riding” the brakes wears them
)ut much faster. You would n
:ostly brake replacement mucl
iooner than normal, and it
-educes fuel econo----
If you keep pace with the traffic and
allow realistic following distances, you
will eliminate a lot of unnecessary
braking. That means better braking and
longer brake life.
If your engine ever stops while you’re
driving, brake normally but don’t
pump your brakes. If you do, the
pedal may get harder to push down. If
your engine stops, you will still have
some power brake assist. But you will
use it as you brake. Once the power
assist is used up, it may take longer to
stop and the brake pedal will be
harder to push.
L
I
Anti-Lock Brakes (ABS)
Your vehicle has an advanced electronic
braking system that can help you keep it
under control. When you stag your vehicle and begin to drive away, you
may hear a momentary motor or
clicking noise. The ABS motor comes
on momentarily when the vehicle
reaches 8 mph (12 km/h). This is the
ABS system testing itself.
Here’s how anti-lock works. Let’s say
the road is wet. You’re driving safely.
Suddenly an animal jumps out in front
of you.
You slam
on
the brakes. Here’s what
happenswith ABS.
A computer senses that a rear wheel is
slowing down. The computer works the
brakes at the rear wheels. It is
programmed to make the most of
available tire and road conditions.
As you brake, your computer keeps
receiving updates on rear wheel speed
and controls braking pressure
accordingly.
A
Anti-lock doesn’t change the
time you need to get your foot
up to the brake pedal. If you get
too close to the vehicle in front of
you, you won’t have time to apply
your brakes if that vehicle
suddenly slows or stops. Always
leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even though you have
anti-lock brakes.
129.
Your Driving and the Road
To Use Anti-Lock:
Use rear wheel anti-lock like regular
brakes. You may feel the brakes vibrate,
or you may notice some noise outside
your vehicle, but this is normal. Let
anti-lock work for you, but remember:
Your front wheels can still stop rolling.
If that happens, release enough pressure
on the brakes to get the wheels rolling
again so that you can steer.
With the four-wheel-drive option, you
won't have anti-lock braking when you
shift into four-wheel drive. But you will
have regular braking. When you shift
back into two-wheel drive, you will
have anti-lock again.
-
130
Disc Brake Wear Indicators
Your Geo has front disc and rear drum
brakes.
Disc brake pads have built-in wear
indicators that make a high-pitched
warning sound when the brake Pads are
worn and new pads are needed. The
sound may come and go or be heard all
the time your vehicle is moving (except
when you are pushing on the brake
pedal firmly).
II
II
t
The brake wear warning
l sound means that sooner or
1; : your brakes won't work well.
I'hat could lead to an accident.
When you hear the brake wear
warning sound, have your vehicle
cerviced.
I
I V V I I U L
Continuing to drive with worn-out
in cost'
brake pads cc
brake rep;
'I
~
Some driving conditions or climates may
cause a brake squeal when the brakes
are first applied or lightly applied. This
does not mean something is wrong with
your brakes.
Rear Drum Brakes
Your rear drum brakes don’t have wear
indicators, but if you ever hear a rear
brake rubbing noise, have the rear brake
linings inspected. Also, the rear brake
drums should be removed and inspected
each time the tires are removed for
rotation or changing. When you have
the front brakes replaced, have the rear
brakes inspected, too.
Brake linings should always be replaced
as complete axle sets.
Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal does
not return to normal height, or if there
is a rapid increase in pedal travel. This
could be a sign of brake trouble.
Brake Adjustment
Every time you make a moderate brake
stop, your disc brakes adjust for wear.
If you rarely make a moderate or
heavier stop, then your brakes might not
adjust correctly. If you drive in that
way, then - very carefully - make a
few moderate brake stops about every
1,000 miles (1 600 km), so your brakes
will adjust properly.
If your brake pedal goes down farther
than normal, your rear drum brakes may
need adjustment. Adjust them by
backing up and firmly applying the
brakes a few times.
131
Your Driving and the Road
Steering
Braking in Emergencies
At some time, nearly every driver gets
into a situation that requires hard
braking. You have the rear wheel
anti-lock braking system. Your front
wheels can stop rolling when you brake
very hard. Once they do, the vehicle
can’t respond to your steering.
Momentum will carry it in whatever
direction it was headed when the wheels
stopped rolling. That could be off the
road, into the very thing you were
trying to avoid, or into traffic.
I
I
.
132
So, use a “squeeze” braking technique.
This will give you maximum braking
while maintaining steering control. You
do this by pushing on the brake pedal
with steadily increasing pressure. When
you do, you can maintain steering
control. In many emergencies, steering
can help you more than even the very
best braking.
Power Steering
If you lose power steering assist because
the engine stops or the system fails to
function, you can steer but it will take
much more effort.
Steering Tips
Driving on Curves
It’s important to take curves at a
reasonable speed.
A lot of the ‘‘driver lost control”
accidents mentioned on the news happen
on curves. Here’s why:
Experienced driver or beginner, each of
us is subject to the same laws of physics
when driving on curves. The traction of
i
the tires against the road surface makes
it possible for the vehicle to change its
path when you turn the front wheels. If
there’s no traction, inertia will keep the
vehicle going in the same direction. If
you’ve ever tried to steer a vehicle on
wet ice, you’ll understand this.
The traction you can get in a curve
depends on the condition of your tires
and the road surface, the angle at which
the curve is banked, and your speed.
While you’re in a curve, speed is the
one factor you can control.
Suppose you’re steering through a sharp
curve. Then you suddenly apply the
brakes. Both control systems - steering
and braking - have to do their work
where the tires meet the road. Adding
the hard braking can demand too much
at those places. You can lose control.
The same thing can happen if you’re
steering through a sharp curve and you
suddenly accelerate. Those two control
systems - steering and acceleration can overwhelm those places where the
tires meet the road and make you lose
control.
What should you do if this ever
happens? Let up on the brake or
accelerator pedal, steer the vehicle the
way you want it to go, and slow down.
Speed limit signs near curves warn that
you should adjust your speed. Of
course, the posted speeds are based on
good weather and road conditions.
Under less favorable conditions you’ll
want to go slower.
If you need to reduce your speed as you
approach a curve, do it before you enter
the curve, while your front wheels are
straight ahead.
Try to adjust your speed so you can
“drive” through the curve. Maintain a
reasonable, steady speed. Wait to
accelerate until you are out of the curve,
and then accelerate gently into the
straightaway.
Your Driving and the Road
When you drive into a curve at night,
it’s harder to see the road ahead of you
because it bends away from the straight
beams of your lights. This is one good
reason to drive slower.
134
Steering in Emergencies
There are times when steering can be
more effective than braking. For
example, you come over a hill and find
a truck stopped in your lane, or a car
suddenly pulls out from nowhere, or a
child darts out from between parked cars
and stops right in front of you. You can
avoid these problems by braking - if
you can stop in time. But sometimes you
can’t; there isn’t room. That’s the time
for evasive action - steering around the
problem.
Your Geo can perform very well in
emergencies like these. First apply your
brakes, but not enough to lock your
front wheels. It is better to remove as
much speed as you can from a possible
collision. Then steer around the
problem, to the left or right depending
on the space available.
An emergency like this requires close
attention and a quick decision. If you
are holding the steering wheel at the
recommended 9 and 3 o’clock positions,
you can turn it a full 180 degrees very
quickly without removing either hand.
But you have to act fast, steer quickly,
and just as quickly straighten the wheel
once you have avoided the object. You
must then be prepared to steer back to
your original lane and then brake to a
controlled stop.
Depending on your speed, this can be
rather violent for an unprepared driver.
This is one of the reasons driving
experts recommend that you use your
safety belts and keep both hands on the
steering wheel.
The fact that such emergency situations
are always possible is a good reason to
practice defensive driving at all times.
Off-Road Recovery
You may find sometime that your right
wheels have dropped off the edge of a
road onto the shoulder (A) while you’re
driving.
If the level of the shoulder is only
slightly below the pavement, recovery
should be fairly easy. Ease off the
accelerator and then, if there is nothing
in the way, steer so that your vehicle
straddles the edge of the pavement. You
can turn the steering wheel up to 1/4
turn (B) until the right front tire contacts
the pavement edge. Then turn your
steering wheel to go straight down the
roadway.
If the shoulder appears to be about four
inches (100 mm) or more below the
pavement, this difference can cause
problems. If there is not enough room to
pull entirely onto the shoulder and stop,
then follow the same procedures. But if
the right front tire scrubs against the
side of the pavement, do NOT steer
more sharply. With too much steering
angle, the vehicle may jump back onto
the road with so much steering input
that it crosses over into the oncoming
traffic before you can bring it back
under control. Instead, ease off again on
the accelerator and steering input,
straddle the pavement once more, then
try again.
136-
I
Your Driving and the Road
Passing
The driver of a vehicle about to pass
another on a two-lane highway waits for
just the right moment, accelerates,
moves around the vehicle ahead, then
goes back into the right lane again. A
simple maneuver?
Not necessarily! Passing another vehicle
on a two-lane highway is a potentially
dangerous move, since the passing
vehicle occupies the same lane as
oncoming traffic for several seconds. A
miscalculation, an error in judgment, or
a brief surrender to frustration or anger
can suddenly put the passing driver face
to face with the worst of all traffic
accidents - the head-on collision.
So here are some tips for passing:
“Drive ahead.” Look down the road,
to the sides, and to crossroads for
situations that might affect your
passing patterns. If you have any
doubt whatsoever about making a
successful pass, wait for a better time.
Watch for traffic signs, pavement
markings, and lines. If you can see a
sign up ahead that might indicate a
turn or an intersection, delay your
pass. A broken center line usually
indicates it’s all right to pass
(providing the road ahead is clear).
Never cross a solid line on your side
of the lane or a double solid line,
even if the road seems empty of
approaching traffic.
If you suspect that the driver of the
vehicle you want to pass isn’t aware
of your presence, tap the horn a
couple of times before passing. Or, if
your Geo has the Passing Signal
option, you can use that. See
“Passing Signal” in the Index.
Do not get too close to the vehicle
you want to pass while you’re
awaiting an opportunity. For one
thing, following too closely reduces
your area of vision, especially if
you’re following a larger vehicle.
Also, you won’t have adequate space
if the vehicle ahead suddenly slows or
stops. Keep back a reasonable
distance.
When it looks like a chance to pass is
coming up, start to accelerate but stay
in the right lane and don’t get too
close. Time your move so you will be
increasing speed as the time comes to
move into the other lane. If the way is
clear to pass, you will have a
“running start” that more than makes
up for the distance you would lose by
dropping back. And if something
happens to cause you to cancel your
pass, you need only slow down and
drop back again and wait for another
opportunity.
If other cars are lined up to pass a
slow vehicle, wait your turn. But take
care that someone isn’t trying to pass
you as you pull out to pass the slow
vehicle. Remember to glance over
your shoulder and check the blind
spot.
Check your mirrors, glance over your
shoulder, and start your left lane
change signal before moving out of
the right lane to pass. When you are
far enough ahead of the passed
vehicle to see its front in your inside
mirror, activate your right lane
change signal and move back into the
right lane. (Remember that your right
outside mirror is convex. The vehicle
Your Driving and the Road
Loss of Control
you just passed may seem to be
further away from you than it really
is.)
Try not to pass more than one vehicle
at a time on two-lane roads.
Reconsider before passing the next
vehicle.
Don’t overtake a slowly moving
vehicle too rapidly. Even though the
brake lights are not flashing, it may
be slowing down or starting to turn.
If you’re being passed, make it easy
for the following driver to get ahead
of you. Perhaps you can ease a little
to the right.
Let’s review what driving experts say
about what happens when the three
control systems (brakes, steering and
acceleration) don’t have enough friction
where the tires meet the road to do what
the driver has asked.
In any emergency, don’t give up. Keep
trying to steer and constantly seek an
escape route or area of less danger.
Skidding
In a skid, a driver can lose control of
the vehicle. Defensive drivers avoid
most skids by taking reasonable care
suited to existing conditions, and by not
“overdriving” those conditions. But
skids are always possible.
The three types of skids correspond to
your Geo’s three control systems. In the
braking skid your wheels aren’t rolling.
In the steering or cornering skid, too
much speed or steering in a curve causes
tires to slip and lose cornering force.
And in the acceleration skid too much
throttle causes the driving wheels to
spin.
A cornering skid and an acceleration
skid are best handled by easing your
foot off the accelerator pedal. If your
vehicle starts to slide (as when you turn
a corner on a wet, snow- or ice-covered
road), ease your foot off the accelerator
pedal as soon as you feel the vehicle
start to slide. Quickly steer the way you
want the vehicle to go. If you start
steering quickly enough, your vehicle
will straighten out. As it does, straighten
the front wheels.
Of course, traction is reduced when
water, snow, ice, gravel, or other
material is on the road. For safety,
you’ll want to slow down and adjust
your driving to these conditions. It is
important to slow down on slippery
surfaces because stopping distance will
be longer and vehicle control more
limited.
While driving on a surface with reduced
traction, try your best to avoid sudden
steering, acceleration, or braking
(including engine braking by shifting to
a lower gear). Any sudden changes
could cause the tires to slide. You may
not realize the surface is slippery until
your vehicle is skidding. Learn to
recognize warning clues - such as
enough water, ice or packed snow on
the.road to make a “mirrored surface’’
- and slow down when you have any
doubt.
Remember: the rear wheel anti-lock
braking system (RWAL) helps avoid
only a rear braking skid. In a braking
skid (where the front wheels are no
longer rolling), release enough pressure
on the brakes to get the front wheels
rolling again. This restores steering
control. Push the brake pedal down
steadily when you have to stop
suddenly. As long as the front wheels
are rolling, you will have steering
control. Steer the way you want to go.
Your Driving and the Road
Driving Guidelines
This multipurpose passenger vehicle is
defined as a utility vehicle in Consumer
Information Regulations issued by the
National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) of the United
States Department of Transportation.
Utility vehicles have higher ground
clearance and a narrower track to make
them capable of performing in a wide
variety of off-road applications. Specific
design characteristics give them a higher
center of gravity than ordinary cars. An
advantage of the higher ground
clearance is a better view of the road
allowing you to anticipate problems.
. . . 140
1 Off-Road Driving
with
Your Geo Four-WheelDrive Vehicle
They are not designed for cornering at
the same speeds as conventional
two-wheel drive vehicles any more than
This off-road guide is for vehicles that
low-slung sports cars are designed to
have four-wheel drive.
perform satisfactorily under off-road
conditions. If at all possible, avoid sharp Also, see “Anti-Lock Brakes” in the
Index.
turns or abrupt maneuvers. As with
other vehicles of this type, failure to
If your vehicle doesn’t have four-wheel
operate this vehicle correctly may result
drive, you shouldn’t drive off-road
in loss of control or vehicle rollover.
unless you’re on a level, solid surface.
Off-road driving can be great fun. But it
does have some definite hazards. The
greatest of these is the terrain itself.
“Off-roading” means you’ve left the
great North American road system
behind. Traffic lanes aren’t marked.
Curves aren’t banked. There are no road
signs. Surfaces can be slippery, rough,
uphill or downhill. In short, you’ve
gone right back to nature.
Off-road driving involves some new
skills. And that’s why it’s very
important that you read this guide.
You’ll find many driving tips and
suggestions. These will help make your
off-road driving safer and more
enjoyable.
Before You Go Off-Roading
There are some things to do before you
go out. For example, be sure to have all
necessary maintenance and service work
done. Be sure to read all the information
about your four-wheel drive vehicle in
this manual. Is there enough fuel? Is the
spare tire fully inflated? Are the fluid
levels up where they should be? What
are the local laws that apply to
off-roading where you’ll be driving? If
you don’t know,you should check with
law enforcement people in the area. Wil
you be on someone’s private land? If so
be sure to get the necessary permission.
Loading Your Vehicle for Off-Road
Driving
There are some important things to
remember about how to load your
vehicle.
The heaviest things should be on the
load floor and forward of your rear
axle. Put heavier items as far forward
as you can.
Be sure the load is secured properly,
so driving on the off-road terrain
doesn’t toss things around.
Your Driving and the Road
A
Cargo on theload floor
L piledhigher than the
seatbacks can be thrown forwarc
during a sudden stop. You or
your passengers could be
injured. Keep cargo below the
top of the seatbacks.
Unsecured cargo on the load
floor can be tossed about when
driving over rough terrain. You
or your passengers can be strucl
by flying objects. Secure the
cargo properly.
Heavy loads on the roof raise
the vehicle’s center of gravity,
making it more likely to roll
over. You can be seriously or
fatally injured if the vehicle rolls
over. Put heavy loads inside the
cargo area, not on the roof.
Keep cargo in the cargo area as
far forward and low as possible.
. . . 142
You’ll find other important information
in this manual. See “Vehicle Loading,”
and “Tires” in the Index.
Traveling to Remote Areas
It makes sense to plan your trip,
especially when going to a remote area.
Know the terrain and plan your route.
You are much less likely to get bad
surprises. Get accurate maps of trails
and terrain. Try to learn of any blocked
or closed roads.
It’s also a good idea to travel with at
least one other vehicle. If something
happens to one of them, the other can
help quickly.
I
Does your vehicle have a winch? If so,
be sure to read the winch instructions.
In a remote area, a winch can be handy
if you get stuck. But you’ll want to
know how to use it properly.
I.
Getting Familiar with Off-Road
Driving
It’s a good idea to practice in an area
that’s safe and close to home before you
go into the wilderness. Off-road driving
does require some new and different
driving skills. Here’s what we mean.
Tune your senses to different kinds of
signals. Your eyes, for example, need to
constantly sweep the terrain for
unexpected obstacles. Your ears need to
listen for unusual tire or engine sounds.
With your arms, hands, feet, and body
you’ll need to respond to vibrations and
vehicle bounce.
r
CAUTION
Controlling your vehicle is the key to
successful
off-road driving. One of the
When
you’re
driving
off road,
best ways to control your vehicle is to
c L bouncingandquickchanges
control your speed. Here are some
in direction can easily throw you
things to keep in mind. At higher
out of position. This could cause
speeds:
you to lose control and crash. So,
whether you’re driving on or off
You approach things faster and you
the
road, you and your passengers
have less time to scan the terrain for
should wear safety belts.
obstacles.
You have less time to react.
You have more vehicle bounce when
you drive over obstacles.
You’ll need more distance for
braking, especially since you’re on an
unpaved surface.
143-
-
Your Driving and the Road
Scanning the Terrain
Off-road driving can take you over
many different kinds of terrain. You
need to be familiar with the terrain and
its many different features. Here are
some things to consider.
Surface Conditions. Off-roading can
take you over hard-packed dirt; gravel,
rocks, grass, sand, mud, snow or ice.
Each of these surfaces affects the
steering, acceleration, and braking of
your vehicle in different ways.
Depending upon the kind of surface you
are on, you may experience slipping,
sliding, wheel spinning, delayed
acceleration, poor traction. and longer
braking distanc
... 144
Surface Obstacles. Unseen or hidden
obstacles can be hazardous. A rock, log,
hole, rut, or bump can startle you if
you’re not prepared for them. Often
these obstacles are hidden by grass,
bushes, snow or even the rise and fall of
the terrain itself. Here are some things
to consider:
Is the path ahead clear?
Will the surface texture change
abruptly up ahead?
Does the travel take you uphill or
downhill? (There’s more discussion of
these subjects later.)
Will you have to stop suddenly or
change direction quickly?
When you drive over obstacles or rough
terrain, keep a firm grip on the steering
wheel. Ruts, troughs, or other surface
features can jerk the wheel out of your
hands if you’re not prepared.
When you drive over bumps, rocks, or
other obstacles, your wheels can leave
the ground. If this happens, even with
one or two wheels, you can’t control the
vehicle as well or at all.
I
Because you will be on an unpaved
surface, it’s especially important to
avoid sudden acceleration, sudden turns,
or sudden braking.
In a way, off-road driving requires a
different kind of alertness from driving
on paved roads and highways. There are
no road signs, posted speed limits or
signal lights. You have to use your own
good judgment about what is safe and
what isn’t.
I
CAUTION
’ Drinking and driving canbe
-
very dangerous on any road.
And this is certainly true for
off-road driving. At the very time
you need special alertness and
driving skills, your reflexes,
perceptions and judgment can be
affected by even a small amount of
alcohol. You could have a serious
- or even fatal - accident if you
drink and drive or ride with a
driver who has been drinking. (See
“Drunken Driving” in the Index.)
Driving on Off-Road Hills
Off-road driving often takes you up,
down, or across a hill. Driving safely on
hills requires good judgment and an
understanding of what your vehicle can
and can’t do. There are some hills that
simply can’t be driven, no matter how
well built the vehicle.
Your Driving and the load
1
CAUTION
1 Many
hills
are simply
too
-steep for any vehicle. If you
drive up them, you will stall. If
you drive down them, you can’t
control your speed. If you drive
across them, you will roll over.
You could be seriously injured or
killed. If you have any doubt about
the steepness, don’t drive the hill.
I
Approaching a Hill
When you approach a hill, you need to
decide if it’s one of those hills that’s just
too steep to climb, descend, or cross.
Steepness can be hard to judge. On a
very small hill, for example, there may
be a smooth, constant incline with only
a small change in elevation where you
can easily see all the way to the top. On
a large hill, the incline may get steeper
as you near the top, but you may not see
this because the crest of the hill is
hidden by bushes, grass, or shrubs.
Here are some other things to consider
as you approch a hill.
Is there a constant incline, or does the
hill get sharply steeper in places?
Is there good traction on the hillside,
or will the surface cause tire slipping?
Is there a straight path up or down the
hill so you won’t have to make
turning maneuvers?
Are there obstructions on the hill that
can block your path (boulders, trees,
logs or ruts)?
What’s beyond the hill? Is there a
cliff, an embankment, a drop-off, a
fence? Get out and walk the hill if
you don’t know. It’s the smart way to
find out.
Is the hill simply too rough? Steep
hills often have ruts, gullies, troughs
and exposed rocks because they are
more susceptible to the effects of
erosion.
Driving Uphill
Once you decide you can safely drive up
the hill, you need to take some special
steps.
Use a low gear and get a firm grip on
the steering wheel.
Get a smooth start up the hill and try
to maintain your speed. Don’t use
more power than you need, because
you don’t want your wheels to start
spinning or sliding.
Try to drive straight up the hill if at
all possible. If the path twists and
turns, you might want to find another
route.
CAUTION
A
Turning or driving across
steep hills can be dangerous.
You could lose traction, slide
sideways, and possibly roll over.
You could be seriously injured or
killed. When driving up hills,
always try to go straight up.
Your Driving andthe Road
Ease up on your speed as you
approach the top of the hill.
Attach a flag to the vehicle to make
you more visible to approaching
traffic on trails or hills.
Sound the horn as you approach the
top of the hill to let opposing traffic
know you’re there.
Use your headlights even during the
day. They make you more visible to
oncoming traffic.
CAUTION
A
Q: What should I do if my vehicle
stalls, or is about to stall, and I
can’t make it up the hill?
Driving to the top (crest) of a
hill at full speed can cause an
accident. There could be a
drop-off, embankment, cliff, or
even another vehicle. You could
be seriously injured or killed. As
you near the top of a hill, slow
down and stay alert.
I
A: If this happens, there are some
things you-should do, and there are
some things you must not do. First,
here’s what you should do:
Push the brake pedal to stop the
vehicle and keep it from rolling
backwards. Also, apply the parking
brake.
If your engine is still running, shift
the transmission into reverse, release
the parking brake, and slowly back
down the hill in reverse.
If your engine has stopped running,
you’ll need to restart it. With the
brake pedal depressed and the
parking brake still applied, shift the
transmission to P (Park) (or, shift to
Neutral if your vehicle has a
manual transmission) and restart the
engine. Then, shift to reverse,
release the parking brake, and
slowly back down the hill in
reverse.
As you are backing down the hill,
put your left hand on the steering
wheel at the 12 o’clock position.
This way, you’ll be able to tell if
your wheels are straight or turned to
the left or right as you back down.
Here are some things you must not do
if you stall, or are about to stall, when
going up a hill.
Never attempt to prevent a stall by
shifting into N (Neutral) (or
depressing the clutch, if you have a
manual transmission) to “rev-up” the
engine and regain forward
momentum. This won’t work. Your
vehicle will roll backwards very
quickly and you could go out of
control.
Instead, apply the regular brake to stop
the vehicle. Then apply the parking
brake. Shift into reverse, release the
parking brake, and slowly back down.
Never attempt to turn around if you
are about to stall when going up a
hill. If the hill is steep enough to
stall your vehicle, it’s steep enough
to cause you to roll over if you turn
around. If you can’t make it up the
hill, you must back down the hill.
Q: Suppose, after stalling, I try to
back down the hill and decide I
just can’t do it. What should I do?
A: Set the parking brake, put your
transmission in P (Park) (or the
Your Driving and the Road
manual transmission in first gear),
and turn off the engine. Leave the
vehicle and go get some help. Exit
on the uphill side and stay clear of
the path the vehicle would take if it
rolled downhill. Do not shift the
transfer case to N (Neutral) when
you leave the vehicle. Leave it in
some gear.
Driving Downhill
A
Shifting thetransfer case to
N (Neutral) can cause your
vehicle to roll even if the
transmission is in P (Park) (or, if
you have the manual transmission,
even if you’re in gear). This is
because the N (Neutral) position
on the transfer case overrides the
transmission. If you are going to
leave your vehicle, set the parking
brake and shift the transmission to
P (Park) (or, put your manual
transmissionin first gear). But do
not shift the transfer case to the N
(Neutral) position. Leave the
transfer case in the 2H,4H, or 4L
position.
I
I
When off-roading takes you downhill,
you’ll want to consider a number of
things:
How steep is the downhill? Will I b
able to maintain vehicle control?
What’s the surface like? Smooth?
Rough? Slippery? Hard-packed dirt?
Gravel?
Are there hidden surface obstacles?
Ruts? Logs? Boulders?
What’s at the bottom of the hill? Is
there a hidden creek bank or even a
river bottom with large rocks?
If you decide you can go down a hill
safely, then try to keep your vehicle
headed straight down, and use a low
gear. This way, engine drag can help
your brakes and they won’t have to do
all the work. Descend slowly, keeping
your vehicle under control at all times.
A
Heavy braking when going
down a hill can cause your
brakes to overheat and fade. This
could cause loss of control and a
serious accident. Apply the brakes
lightly when descending a hill and
use a low gear to keep vehicle
speed under control.
Q: Are there some things I should not
do when driving down a hill?
A: Yes! These are important because if
you ignore them you could lose
0
0
control and have a serious accident.
When driving downhill, avoid turns
that take you across the incline of
the hill. A hill that’s not too steep to
drive down may be too steep to
drive across. You could roll over if
you don’t drive straight down.
Never go downhill with the
transmission in Neutral, or with the
clutch pedal depressed in a manual
shift. This is called
Your Driving and the Road
e
“free-wheeling. ” Your brakes will
have to do all the work and could
overheat and fade.
Avoid braking so hard that you lock
the wheels when going downhill. If
your front wheels are locked, you
can’t steer your vehicle. If your
wheels lock up during downhill
braking, you may feel the vehicle
starting to slide sideways. To regain
your direction, just ease off the
brakes and steer to keep the front of
the vehicle pointing straight
downhill.
. . . 152
Q: Am I likely to stall when going
If the engine won’t start, get out and
downhill?
get help.
A: It’s much more likely to happen
Driving Across an Incline
going uphill. But if it happens going Sooner or later, an off-road trail will
downhill, here’s what to do.
probably go across the incline of a hill.
0
Stop your vehicle by applying the
If this happens, you have to decide
regular brakes. Apply the parking
whether to try to drive across the
brake.
incline. Here are some things to
e
Shift to P (Park) (or to Neutral with consider:
the manual transmission) and, while
A hill that can be driven straight up
still braking, restart the engine.
or down may be too steep to drive
across.
When you go straight up or
Shift back to a low gear, release the
down
a
hill, the length of the wheel
parking brake, and drive straight
base (the distance from the front
down.
wheels to the rear wheels) reduces
the likelihood the vehicle will
tumble end over end. But when you
drive across an incline, the much
more narrow track width (the
distance between the left and right
wheels) may not prevent the vehicle
from tilting and rolling over. Also,
driving across an incline puts more
weight on the downhill wheels. This
could cause a downhill slide or a
rollover.
0
Surface conditions can be a problem
when you drive across a hill. Loose
gravel, muddy spots, or even wet
grass can cause your tires to slip
sideways, downhill. If the vehicle
slips sideways, it can hit something
that will trip it (a rock, a rut, etc.)
and roll over.
Hidden obstacles canmake the
steepness of the incline even worse.
If you drive across a rock with the
uphill wheels, or if the downhill
wheels drop into a rut or depression,
your vehicle can tilt even more.
For reasons like these, you need to
decide carefully whether to try to drive
across an incline. Just because the trail
goes across the incline doesn’t mean you
have to drive it. The last vehicle to try it
might have rolled over.
Your Driving andthe Road
I A
Driving across an incline
that’s too steep will make
your vehicle roll over. You could
be seriously injured or killed. If
you have any doubt about the
steepness of the incline, don’t
drive across it. Find another route
instead.
-
I
1
I
Q: What if I’m driving across an
incline that’s not too steep, but I
hit some loose gravel and start to
slide downhill. What should I do?
A: If you feel your vehicle starting to
slide sideways, turn downhill. This
should help straighten out the
vehicle and prevent the side
slipping. However, a much better
way to prevent this is to get out and
“walk the course” so you know
what the surface is like before you
drive it.
Stalling on an Incline
If your vehicle stalls when you’re
crossing an incline, be sure you (and
your passengers) get out on the uphill
side, even if the door there is harder to
open. If you get out on the downhill side
and the vehicle starts to roll over, you’ll
be right in its path.
If you have to walk down the slope, stay
out of the path the vehicle will take if it
does roll over.
. .
I
CAUTlON
t
Getting out on the downhill
(low) side of a vehicle
stopped across 811 incline is
dangerous. If the vehicle rolls
over, you could be crushed or
killed. Always get out on the
uphill (high) side of the vehicle
and stay well clear of the rollover
path.
I
Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, or Ice
When you drive in mud, snow, or sand,
your wheels won’t get good traction.
You can’t accelerate as quickly, turning
is more difficult, and you’ll need longer
braking distances.
It’s best to use a low gear when you’re
in mud - the deeper the mud, the lower
the gear. In really deep mud, the idea is
to keep your vehicle moving so you
don’t get stuck.
When you drive on sand, you’ll sense a
change in wheel traction. But it will
depend upon how loosely packed the
sand is. On loosely packed sand (as on
beaches or sand dunes) your tires will
tend to sink into the sand. This has an
effect on steering, accelerating, and
braking. You may want to reduce the air
pressure in your tires slightly when
driving on sand. This will improve
traction,
Hard packed snow and ice offer the
worst tire traction. On these surfaces,
it’s very easy to lose control. On wet
ice, for example, the traction is so poor
that you will have difficulty
accelerating. And if you do get moving,
poor steering and difficult braking can
cause you to slide out of control.
I
Your Driving and the Road
I CAUTION
A
Driving on frozen lakes,
ponds or rivers can be
dangerous. Underwater springs,
currents under the ice, or sudden
thaws can weaken the ice. Your
vehicle could fall through the ice
and you and your passengers could
drown. Drive your vehicle on safe
surfaces only.
)riving in Water
ight rain causes no special off-road
riving problems. But heavy rain can
lean flash flooding, and flood waters
emand extreme caution.
... 156
Find out how deep the water is before
you drive through it. If it’s deep enough
to cover your wheel hubs, axles, or
exhaust pipe, don’t try it - you
probably won’t get through. Also, water
that deep can damage your axle and
other vehicle parts.
If the water isn’t too deep, then drive
through it slowly. At fast speeds, water
splashes on your ignition system and
your vehicle can stall. Stalling can also
occur if you get your tailpipe under
water. And, as long as your tailpipe is
under water, you’ll never be able to
start your engine. When you go through
water, remember that when your brakes
get wet, it may take you longer to stop.
I CAUTION
’ Driving through rushing water
-
can be dangerous. Deep water
-m sweep your vehicle
downstream and you and your
passengers could drown. If it’s
only inches deep, it can still wash
away the ground from under your
tires, and you could lose traction
and roll the vehicle over. Don’t
drive through rushing water.
rn Driving at Night
After Off-Road Driving
Remove any brush or debris that has
collected on the underbody, chassis or
under the hood. These accumulations
can be a fire hazard.
After operation in mud or sand, have the
brake linings cleaned and checked.
These substances can cause glazing and
uneven braking. Check the body
structure, steering, suspension, wheels,
tires, and exhaust system for damage.
Also, check the fuel lines and cooling
system for any leakage.
Your vehicle will require more frequent
service due to off-road use. Refer to the
Maintenance Schedule for additional
information.
Night driving is more dangerous than
day driving. One reason is that some
drivers are likely to be impaired - by
alcohol or drugs, with night vision
problems, or by fatigue.
Here are some tips on night driving.
Drive defensively. Remember, this is
the most dangerous time.
Don’t drink and drive. (See
“Drunken Driving” in the Index for
more on this problem.)
Adjust your inside rearview mirror to
reduce the glare from headlights
behind you.
Since you can’t see as well, you may
need to slow down and keep more
space between you and other vehicles.
It’s hard to tell how fast the vehicle
ahead is going just by looking at its
taillights.
Slow down, especially on higher
speed roads. Your headlights can light
up only so much road ahead.
In remote areas, watch for animals.
If you’re tired, pull off the road in a
safe place and rest.
157
Your Driving and the Road
Night Vision
No one can see as well at night as in the
daytime. But as we get older these
differences increase. A 50-year-old
driver may require at least twice as
much light to see the same thing at night
as a 20-year-old.
What you do in the daytime can also
affect your night vision. For example, if
you spend the day in bright sunshine
you are wise to wear sunglasses. Your
eyes will have less trouble adjusting to
night.
= =
158
But if you’re driving, don’t wear
sunglasses at night. They may cut down
on glare from headlights, but they also
make a lot of things invisible that should
remain visible - such as parked cars,
obstacles, pedestrians, or even trains
blocking railway crossings. You may
want to put on your sunglasses after you
have pulled into a brightly-lighted
service or refreshment area. Eyes
shielded from that glare may adjust
more quickly to darkness back on the
road. But be sure to remove your
sunglasses before you leave the service
area.
You can be temporarily blinded by
approaching lights. It can take a second
or two, or even several seconds, for
your eyes to readjust to the dark. When
you are faced with severe glare (as from
a driver who doesn’t lower the high
beams, or a vehicle with misaimed
headlights), slow down a little. Avoid
staring directly into the approaching
lights. If there is a line of opposing
traffic, make occasional glances over the
line of headlights to make certain that
one of the vehicles isn’t starting to move
into your lane. Once you are past the
bright lights, give your eyes time to
readjust before resuming speed.
High Beams
If the vehicle approaching you has its
high beams on, signal by flicking yours
to high and then back to low beam. This
is the usual signal to lower the headlight
beams. If the other driver still doesn’t
lower the beams, resist the temptation to
put your high beams on. This only
makes two half-blinded drivers.
On a freeway, use your high beams only
in remote areas where you won’t impair
approaching drivers. In some places,
like cities, using high beams is illegal.
When you follow another vehicle on a
freeway or highway, use low beams.
True, most vehicles now have day-night
mirrors that enable the driver to reduce
glare. But outside mirrors are not of this
type and high beams from behind can
bother the driver ahead.
A Few More Night Driving
Suggestions
Keep your windshield and all the glass
on your vehicle clean - inside and out.
Glare at night is made much worse by
dirt on the glass. Even the inside of the
glass can build up a film caused by dust.
Tobacco smoke also makes inside glass
surfaces very filmy and can be a vision
hazard if it’s left there.
Dirty glass makes lights dazzle and flash
more than clean glass would, making the
pupils of your eyes contract repeatedly.
You might even want to keep a cloth
and some glass cleaner in your vehicle if
you need to clean your glass frequently.
Remember that your headlights light up
far less of a roadway when you are in a
turn or curve.
Keep your eyes moving; that way, it’s
easier to pick out dimly lighted objects.
Just as your headlights should be
checked regularly for proper aim, so
should your eyes be examined regularly.
Some drivers suffer from night blindness
- the inability to see in dim light - and
aren’t even aware of it.
Your Driving and the Road
*.
’i
I
Driving in the Rain
Rain and wet roads can mean driving
trouble. On a wet road you can’t stop,
accelerate or turn as well because your
tire-to-road traction isn’t as good as on
dry roads. And, if your tires don’t have
much tread left, you’ll get even less
traction.
It’s always wise to go slower and be
cautious if rain starts to fall while you
are driving. The surface may get wet
suddenly when your reflexes are tuned
for driving on dry pavement.
The heavier the rain, the harder it is to
see. Even if your windshield wiper
blades are in good shape, a heavy rain
can make it harder to see road signs and
... 160
traffic signals, pavement markings, the
edge of the road, and even people
walking. Road spray can often be worse
for vision than rain, especially if it
comes from a dirty road.
So it is wise to keep your wiping
equipment in good shape and keep your
windshield washer tank filled. Replace
your windshield wiper inserts when they
show signs of streaking or missing areas
on the windshield, or when strips of
rubber start to separate from the inserts.
Driving too fast through large water
puddles or even going through some car
washes can cause problems, too. The
water may affect your brakes. Try to
avoid puddles. But if you can’t, try to
slow down before you hit them.
I
Wet brakes can cause
accidents. They won’t work
well in a quick stop and may cause
pulling to one side. You could lose
control of the vehicle.
After driving through a large
puddle of water or a car wash,
apply your brake pedal lightly until
your brakes work normally.
A
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. So much
water can build up under your tires that
they can actually ride on the water. This
can happen if the road is wet enough
and you’re going fast enough. When
your vehicle is hydroplaning, it has little
or no contact with the road.
You might not be aware of
hydroplaning. You could drive along for
some time without realizing your tires
aren’t in constant contact with the road.
You could find out the hard way: when
you have to slow, turn, move out to
pass - or if you get hit by a gust of
wind. You could suddenly find yourself
out of control.
Hydroplaning doesn’t happen often. But Some Other Rainy Weather Tips
it can if your tires haven’t much tread or
Turn on your headlights - not just
if the pressure in one or more is low. It
your parking lights - to help make
can happen if a lot of water is standing
you more visible to others.
on the road. If you can see reflections
Look for hard-to-see vehicles coming
from trees, telephone poles, or other
from behind. You may want to use
vehicles, and raindrops “dimple” the
your headlights even in daytime if it’s
water’s surface, there could be
raining hard.
hydroplaning.
Besides slowing down, allow some
Hydroplaning usually happens at higher
extra following distance. And be
speeds. There just isn’t a hard and fast
especially careful when you pass
rule about hydroplaning. The best advice
another vehicle. Allow yourself more
is to slow down when it is raining, and
clear room ahead, and be prepared to
be careful.
have your view restricted by road
spray. If the road spray is so heavy
Your Drlvlng and the Road
in Fog, Mist
and Haze
H Driving
you are actually blinded, drop back.
Don’t pass until conditions improve.
Goingmoreslowlyis better than
having an accident.
Use your defogger if it helps.
Have good tires with proper tread
depth. (See “Tires” in the Index.)
~
9
9
.
162
probably thickening. Slow down to give
traffic behind you a chance to slow
Fog can occur with high humidity or
down. Everybody then has a better
heavy fiost. It can be so mild that you
chance
to avoid hitting the vehicle
can see through it for several hundred
ahead.
feet (meters). Or it might be so thick
that you can see only a few feet (meters) A patch of dense fog may extend only
for a few feet (meters) or for miles
ahead. It may come suddenly to an
(kilometers); you can’t really tell while
otherwise clear road. And it can be a
you’re
in it. You can only treat the
major hazard.
situation with extreme care.
When you drive into a fog patch, your
One common fog condition visibility will be reduced quickly. The
sometimes called m i s t or ground fog biggest dangers are striking the vehicle
ahead or being struck by the one behind. can happen in weather that seems
perfect, especially at night or in the
Try to “read” the fog density down the
early morning in valley and low, marshy
road. If the vehicle ahead starts to
areas. You can be suddenly enveloped in
become less clear or, at night, if the
taillights are harder to see, the fog is
thick, wet haze that may even coat your
windshield. You can often spot these fog
patches or mist layers with your
headlights. But sometimes they can be
waiting for you as you come over a hill
or dip into a shallow valley. Start your
windshield wipers and washer, to help
clear accumulated road dirt. Slow down
carefully.
Tips on Driving in Fog
If you get caught in fog, turn your
headlights on low beam, even in
daytime. You’ll see - and be seen better.
Don’t use your high beams. The light
will bounce off the water droplets that
make up fog and reflect back at you.
Use your defogger. In high humidity,
even a light buildup of moisture on the
inside of the glass will cut down on your
already limited visibility. Run your
windshield wipers and washer
occasionally. Moisture can build up on
the outside glass, and what seems to be
fog may actually be moisture on the
outside of your windshield.
Treat dense fog as an emergency. Try to
find a place to pull off the road. Of
course you want to respect another’s
property, but you might need to put
something between you and moving
vehicles - space, trees, telephone poles,
a private driveway, anything that
removes you from other traffic.
If visibility is near zero and you must
stop but are unsure whether you are
away from the road, turn your lights on,
start your hazard warning flashers, and
sound your horn at intervals or when
you hear approaching traffic.
Pass other vehicles in fog only if you
can see far enough ahead to pass safely.
Even then, be prepared to delay your
pass if you suspect the fog is worse up
ahead. If other vehicles try to pass you,
make it easy for them.
16399-
Your Driving and the Road
H
City Dnving
One of the biggest problems with city
streets is the amount of traffic on them.
You’ll want to watch out for what the
other drivers are doing and pay attention
to traffic signals.
Here are ways to increase your safety in
city driving:
Know the best way to get to where
you are going. Try not to drive
around trying to pick out a familiar
street or landmark. Get a city map
and plan your trip into an unknown
part of the city just as you would for
a cross-country trip.
. . . 164
Try to use the freeways that rim and
crisscross most large cities. You’ll
save time and energy. (See the next
section, “Freeway Driving.”)
Treat a green light as a warning
signal. A traffic light is there because
the corner is busy enough to need it.
When a light turns green, and just
before you start to move, check both
ways for vehicles that have not
cleared the intersection or may be
running the red light.
Obey all posted speed limits. But
remember that they are for ideal road,
weather and visibility conditions. You
may need to drive below the posted
limit in bad weather or when visibility
is especially poor.
Pull to the right (with care) and stop
clear of intersections when you see or
hear emergency vehicles.
Freeway Driving
Mile for mile, freeways (also called
thruways, parkways, expressways,
turnpikes, or superhighways) are the
safest of all roads. But they have their
own special rules.
The most important advice on freeway
driving is: Keep up with traffic and keep
to the right. Drive at the same speed
most of the other drivers are driving.
Too-fast or too-slow driving breaks a
smooth traffic flow. Treat the left lane
on a freeway as a passing lane.
Entering the Freeway
At the entrance there is usually a ramp
that leads to the freeway. If you have a
clear view of the freeway as you drive
along the entrance ramp, you should
begin to check traffic. Try to determine
where you expect to blend with the
flow. If traffic is light, you may have no
problem. But if it is heavy, find a gap as
you move along the entering lane and
time your approach. Try to merge into
the gap at close to the prevailing speed.
Switch on your turn signal, check your
rearview mirrors as you move along,
and glance over your shoulder as often
as necessary. Try to blend smoothly
with the traffic flow.
Driving on the Freeway
Once you are on the freeway, adjust
your speed to the posted limit or to the
prevailing rate if it's slower. Stay in the
right lane unless you want to pass. If
you are on a two-lane freeway, treat the
right lane as the slow lane and the left
lane as the passing lane.
If you are on a three-lane freeway, treat
the right lane as the slower-speed
through lane, the middle lane as the
higher-speed through lane, and the left
lane as the passing lane.
Before changing lanes, check your
rearview mirrors. Then use your turn
signal. Just before you leave the lane,
glance quickly over your shoulder to
165-
Your Driving and the Road
make sure there isn’t another vehicle in
your ‘‘blind’’ spot.
If you are moving from an outside to a
center lane on a freeway having more
than two lanes, make sure another
vehicle isn’t about to move into the
same spot. Look at the vehicles two
lanes over and watch for telltale signs:
turn signals flashing, an increase in
speed, or moving toward the edge of the
lane. Be prepared to delay your move.
Once you are moving on the freeway,
make certain you allow a reasonable
following distance. Expect to move
slightly slower at night.
. . . 166
Leaving the Freeway
When you want to leave the freeway,
the through lane, and if there is traffic
close behind you, you can allow a little
extra time and flash your brake lights (in
move to the proper lane well in
advance. Dashing across lanes at the last addition to your turn signal) as extra
warning that you are about to slow
minute is dangerous. If you miss your
down and exit.
exit do not, under any circumstances,
stop and back up. Drive on to the next
The exit ramp can be curved, sometimes
exit.
quite sharply. The exit speed is usually
posted.
Reduce your speed according to
At each exit point is a deceleration lane.
Ideally it should be long enough for you your speedometer, not to your sense of
motion. After driving for any distance at
to enter it at freeway speed (after
higher speeds, you may tend to think
signaling, of course) and then do your
you are going slower than you actually
braking before moving onto the exit
are.
For example, 40 mph (65 km/h)
ramp. Unfortunately, not all deceleration
might seem like only 20 mph (30 km/h).
lanes are long enough - some are too
Obviously, this could lead to serious
short for all the braking. Decide when
trouble on a ramp designed for
to start braking. If you must brake on
20 mph (30 km/h)!
a Long
Distunce
IDriving
l
Before Leaving on a Long Trip
Although most long trips today are made Make sure you’re ready. Try to be well
rested. If you must start when you’re
on freeways, there are still many made
not fresh - such as after a day’s work
on regular highways.
- don’t plan to make too many miles
Long-distance driving on freeways and
that first part of the journey. Wear
regular highways is the same in some
ways. The trip has to be planned and the comfortable clothing and shoes you can
easily drive in.
vehicle prepared, you drive at
higher-than-city speeds, and there are
Is your vehicle ready for a long trip? If
longer turns behind the wheel. You’ll
you keep it serviced and maintained, it’s
enjoy your trip more if you and your
ready to go. If it needs service, have it
vehicle are in good shape. Here are
done before starting out. Of course,
some tips for a successful long trip.
you’ll find experienced and able service
experts in Geo dealerships all across
North America. They’ll be ready and
willing to help if you need it.
Here are some things you can check
before a trip:
Windshield Washer Fluid: Is the
reservoir full? Are all windows clean
inside and outside?
Wiper Blades: Are they in good
shape?
Fuel, Engine Oil, Other Fluids:
Have you checked all levels?
Lights: Are they all working? Are the
lenses clean?
Tires: They are vitally important to a
safe, trouble-free trip. Is the tread
good enough for long-distance
driving? Are the tires all inflated to
the recommended pressure?
167-9.
Your Driving and the Road
Weather Forecasts: What’s the
weather outlook along your route?
Should you delay your trip a short
time to avoid a major storm system?
Maps: Do you have up-to-date maps?
On the Road
Unless you are the only driver, it is
good to share the driving task with
others. Limit turns behind the wheel to
about 100 miles (160 km) or two hours
at a sitting. Then, either change drivers
or stop for some refreshment like
coffee, tea or soft drinks and some
limbering up. But do stop and move
around. Eat lightly along the way.
Heavier meals tend to make some people
sleepy.
On two-lane highways or undivided
multilane highways that do not have
controlled access, you’ll want to watch
for some situations not usually found on
freeways. Examples are: stop signs and
signals, shopping centers with direct
access to the highway, no passing zones
and school zones, vehicles turning left
and right off the road, pedestrians,
cyclists, parked vehicles, and even
animals.
Highway Hypnosis
Is there actually such a condition as
“highway hypnosis”? Or is it just plain
falling asleep at the wheel? Call it
highway hypnosis, lack of awareness, or
whatever.
There is something about an easy stretch
of road with the same scenery, along
with the hum of the tires on the road,
the drone of the engine, and the rush of
the wind against the vehicle that can
make you sleepy. Don’t let it happen to
you! If it does, your vehicle can leave
the road in less than a second, and you
could crash and be injured.
-
A
What can you do about highway
hypnosis? First, be aware that it can
happen.
Then here are some tips:
Make sure your vehicle is well
ventilated, with a comfortably cool
interior.
Keep your eyes moving. Scan the
road ahead and to the sides. Check
your rearview mirrors frequently and
your instruments from time to time.
This can help you avoid a fixed stare.
Wear good sunglasses in bright light.
Glare can cause drowsiness. But don’t
wear sunglasses at night. They will
drastically reduce your overall vision
at the very time you need all the
seeing power you have.
If you get sleepy, pull off the road
into a rest, service or parking area
and take a nap, get some exercise, or
both. For safety, treat drowsiness on
the highway as an emergency.
As in any driving situation, keep pace
with traffic and allow adequate
following distances.
Driving on steep hills or mountains is
different from driving in flat or rolling
terrain. If you drive regularly in steep
country, or if you’re planning to visit
there, here are some tips that can make
your trips safer and more enjoyable.
(See “Off-Road Driving’’ in the Index
for information about driving off-road.)
Keep your vehicle in good shape.
Check all fluid levels and also the
brakes, tires, cooling system and
transmission. These ‘parts can work
hard on mountain roads.
Your Driving and the Road
Know how to go down hills. The
most important thing to know is this:
let your engine do some of the
slowing down. Don’t make your
brakes do it all. Shift to a lower gear
when you go down a steep or long
hill. That way, you will slow down
without excessive use of your brakes.
. . . 170
CAUT/ON
A
If you don’t shift down, your
brakes could get so hot that
they wouldn’t work well. You
would then have poor braking or
even none going down a hill. You
could crash. Shift down to let your
engine assist your brakes on a
steep downhill slope.
A
Coasting downhill in N
r - a (Neutral) or withtheignition
off is dangerous. Your brakes will
have to do all the work of slowing
down. They could get so hot that
they wouldn’t work well. You
could crash. Always have your
engine running and your vehicle in
gear when you go downhill.
H Parking
Know how to go uphill. You may
want to shift down to a lower gear.
The lower gears help cool your
engine and transmission, and you can
climb the hill better.
Stay in your own lane when driving
on two-lane roads in hills or
mountains. Don’t swing wide or cut
across the center of the road. Drive at
speeds that let you stay in your own
lane. That way, you won’t be
surprised by a vehicle coming toward
you in the same lane.
It takes longer to pass another vehicle
when you’re going uphill. You’ll want
to leave extra room to pass. If a
vehicle is passing you and doesn’t
have enough room, slow down to
make it easier for the other vehicle to
get by.
As you go over the top of a hill, be
alert. There could be something in
your lane, like a stalled car or an
accident.
You may see highway signs on
mountains that warn of special
problems. Examples are long grades,
passing or no-passing zones, a falling
rocks area, or winding roads. Be alert
to these and take appropriate action.
Winter driving can present special
problems. See ‘ ‘Winter Driving” in
the Index.
on Hills
Hills and mountains mean spectacular
scenery. But please be careful where
you stop if you decide to look at the
view or take pictures. Look.for pull-offs
or parking areas provided for scenic
viewing.
Another part of this manual tells how to
use your parking brake (see “Parking
Brake” in the Index). But on a mountain
or steep hill, you can do one more
thing. You can turn your front wheels to
keep your vehicle from rolling downhill
or out into traffic.
Here’s how:
171
9
Your Driving and the Road
c
Parking Downhill
Turn your wheels to the right.
You don't have to jam your tires against
the curb, if there is a curb. A gentle
contact is all you need.
. . . 172
Parking Uphill
If there is a curb, turn your wheels to
the left if the curb is at the right side of
your vehicle.
If you're going uphill on a one-way
street and you're parking on the left
side, your wheels should point to the
right.
Winter Driving
[f there is no curb when you’re parking
uphill, turn the wheels to the right.
[f there is no curb when you’re parking
uphill on the left side of a one-way
street, your wheels should be turned to
the left.
Torque Lock (Automatic
Transmission)
If you are parking on a hill and you
don’t shift your transmission into P
(Park) properly, the weight of the
vehicle may put too much force on the
parking pawl in the transmission. You
may find it difficult to pull the shift
lever out of P (Park). This is called
“torque lock.” To prevent torque lock,
always be sure to shift into P (Park)
properly before you leave the driver’s
seat. To find out how, see ‘‘Shifting into
P (Park)” in the Index.
When you are ready to drive, move the
shift lever out of P (Park) BEFORE you
release the parking brake.
If torque lock does occur, you may need
to have another vehicle push yours a
little uphill to take some of the pressure
from the transmission, so you can pull
the shift lever out of P (Park).
Here are some tips for winter driving:
Have your Geo in good shape for
winter. Be sure your engine coolant
mix is correct.
Snow tires can help in loose snow,
but they may give you less traction on
ice than regular tires. If you do not
expect to be driving in deep snow, but
may have to travel over ice, you may
not want to switch to snow tires at all.
I
Your Driving andthe Road
rn
t
You may want to put winter
emergency supplies in your vehicle.
Include an ice scraper, a small brush
or broom, a supply of windshield
washer fluid, a rag, some winter outer
clothing, a small shovel, a flashlight,
a red cloth, and a couple of reflective
warning triangles. And, if you will be
driving under severe conditions,
include a small bag of sand, a piece
of old carpet or a couple of burlap
bags to help provide traction. Be sure
you properly secure these items in
your vehicle.
. . . 174
Driving on Snow or Ice
Most of the time, those places where
your tires meet the road probably have
good traction.
However, if there is snow or ice
between your tires and the road, you can
have a very slippery situation. You’ll
have a lot less traction or “grip” and
will need to be very careful.
What’s the worst time for this? “Wet
ice. Very cold snow or ice can be slick
and hard to drive on. But wet ice can be
even more trouble because it may offer
the least traction of all. You can get
“wet ice” when it’s about freezing
(32°F; OOC) and freezing rain begins to
fall. Try to avoid driving on wet ice
until salt and sand crews can get there.
Whatever the condition - smooth ice,
packed, blowing or loose snow - drive
with caution. Accelerate gently. Try not
to break the fragile traction. If you
accelerate too fast, the drive wheels will
spin and polish the surface under the
tires even more.
”
Your anti-lock brakes improve your
ability to make a hard stop on a slippery
road. Even though you have the
anti-lock braking system, you’ll want to
begin stopping sooner than you would
on dry pavement. See “Anti-lock” in
the Index.
Allow greater following distance on any
slippery road.
Watch for slippery spots. The road
might be fine until you hit a spot
that’s covered with ice. On an
otherwise clear road, ice patches may
appear in shaded areas where the sun
can’t reach: around clumps of trees,
behind buildings, or under bridges.
Sometimes the surface of a curve or
an overpass may remain icy when the
surrounding roads are clear. If you
see a patch of ice ahead of you, brake
before you are on it. Try not to brake
while you’re actually on the ice, and
avoid sudden steering maneuvers.
If You’re Caught in a Blizzard
If you are stopped by heavy snow, you
could be in a serious situation. You
should probably stay with your vehicle
unless you know for sure that you are
near help and you can hike through the
snow. Here are some things to do to
summon help and keep yourself and
your passengers safe: Turn on your
hazard flashers. Tie a red cloth to your
vehicle to alert police that you’ve been
stopped by the snow. Put on extra
clothing or wrap a blanket around you.
Your Driving andthe Road
.._
If you have no blankets or extra
clothing, make body insulators from
newspapers, burlap bags, rags, floor
mats - anything you can wrap around
yourself or tuck under your clothing to
keep warm.
You can run the engine to keep warm,
but be careful.
176
A
Snow can trap exhaust gases
under your vehicle. This can
cause deadly CO (carbon
monoxide) gas to get inside. CO
could overcome you and kill you.
You can't see it or smell it, so you
might not know it was in your
vehicle. Clear away snow from
around the base of your vehicle,
especially any that is blocking your
exhaust pipe. And check around
again from time to time to be sure
snow doesn't collect there.
Open a window just a little on the
side of the vehicle that's away
from the wind. This will help keep
co out.
Run your engine only as long as you
must. This saves fuel. When you run the
engine, make it go a little faster than
just idle. That is, push the accelerator
slightly. This uses less fuel for the heat
that you get and it keeps the battery
charged. You will need a well-charged
battery to restart the vehicle, and
possibly for signaling later on with your
headlights. Let the heater run for
awhile.
Then, shut the engine off and close the
window almost all the way to preserve
the heat. Start the engine again and
repeat this only when you feel really
uncomfortable from the cold. But do it
as little as possible. Preserve the fuel as
rn Towing a Trailer
long as you can. To help keep warm,
you can get out of the vehicle and do
some fairly vigorous exercises every
half hour or so until help comes.
If You’re Stuck in Deep Snow
This manual explains how to get the
vehicle out of deep snow without
damaging it. See “Rocking Your
Vehicle” in the Index.
Pulling a trailer improperly can
damage your vehicle and result in
costly repairs not covered by you
warranty. To pull a trailer
correctly, follow the advice in this
section.
I
Your Driving and the Road
Your Geo can tow a trailer. To identify
what the vehicle trailering capacity is for
your vehicle, you should read the
information in “Weight of the Trailer”
that appears later in this section. But
trailering is different than just driving
your vehicle by itself. Trailering means
changes in handling, durability, and fuel
economy. Successful, safe trailering
takes correct equipment, and it has to be
used properly.
That’s the reason for this section. In it
are many time-tested, important
trailering tips and safety rules. Many of
these are important for your safety and
that of your passengers. So please read
this section carefully before you pull a
trailer.
178
9
Load-pulling components such as the
engine, transmission, wheel assemblies,
and tires are forced to work harder
against the drag of the added weight.
The engine is required to operate at
relatively higher speeds and under
greater loads, generating extra heat.
What’s more, the trailer adds
considerably to wind resistance,
increasing the pulling requirements.
All of that means changes in:
Handling
Durability
Fueleconomy
If You Do Decide to Pull a Trailer
If you do, here are some important
points.
There are many different laws having
to do with trailering. Make sure your
rig will be legal, not only where you
live but also where you’ll be driving.
A good source for this information
can be state or provincial police.
Consider using a sway control.
You can ask a hitch dealer about sway
controls.
Don’t tow a trailer at all during the
first 500 miles (800 km)your new
vehicle is driven. Your engine, axle
or other parts could be damaged.
Then, during the first 500 miles
(800 km) that you tow a trailer, don’t
drive over 50 mph (80 h / h ) and
don’t make starts at full throttle. This
helps your engine and other parts of
your vehicle wear in at the heavier
loads.
Three important considerations have
to do with weight:
Weight of the Trailer
How heavy can a trailer safely be? It
should never weigh more than 1,500
pounds (680 kg). But even that can be
too heavy.
It depends on how you plan to use
your rig. For example, speed,
altitude, road grades, outside
temperature and how much your
vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all
important. And, it can also depend on
any special equipment that you have
on your vehicle.
You can ask your dealer for our
trailering information or advice, or
write us at:
Customer Assistance Department
Chevrolet/Geo
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, MI 48007
In Canada, write to:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Assistance Center
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Your Driving and the Road
L
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongue load (A) of any trailer is
an important weight to measure
because it affects the total gross
weight of your vehicle. The gross
vehicle weight (GVW) includes the
curb weight of the vehicle, any cargo
you may carry in it, and the people
who will be riding in the vehicle. And
if you will tow a trailer, you must add
the tongue load to the GVW because
your vehicle will be carrying that
weight, too. See “Loading Your
Vehicle’’ in the Index for more
information about your vehicle’s
maximum load capacity.
... 180
The trailer tongue (A) should weigh
10% of the total loaded trailer weight
(B). After you’ve loaded your trailer,
weigh the trailer and then the tongue,
separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they aren’t, you may be
able to get them right simply by
moving some items around in the
trailer.
Total Weight on Your Vehicle’s
Tires
Be sure your vehicle’s tires are
inflated to the limit for cold tires.
You’ll find these numbers on the
Certification label at the rear edge of
the driver’s door (or see “Tire
Loading” in the Index). Then be sure
you won’t go over the GVW limit for
your vehicle.
Hitches
It’s important to have the correct hitch
equipment. Crosswinds, large trucks
going by, and rough roads are a few
reasons why you’ll need the right hitch.
Here are some rules to follow:
Will you have to make any holes in
the body of your vehicle when you
install a trailer hitch? If you do, then
be sure to seal the holes later when
you remove the hitch. If you don’t
seal them, deadly carbon monoxide
(CO) from your exhaust can get into
your vehicle (see “Carbon
Monoxide’’ in the Index). Dirt and
water can, too.
The bumpers on your vehicle are not
intended for hitches. Do not attach
rental hitches or other bumper-type
hitches to them. Use only a
frame-mounted hitch that does not
attach to the bumper.
Safety Chains
You should always attach chains
between your vehicle and your trailer.
Cross the safety chains under the tongue
of the trailer so that the tongue will not
drop to the road if it becomes separated
from the hitch. Instructions about safety
chains may be provided by the hitch
manufacturer or by the trailer
manufacturer. Follow the manufacturer’s
recommendation for attaching safety
chains. Always leave just enough slack
so you can turn with your rig. And,
never allow safety chains to drag on the
ground.
Trailer Brakes
If your trailer weighs more than 1,000
pounds (450 kg) loaded, then it needs its
own brakes - and they must be
adequate. Be sure to read and follow the
instructions for the trailer brakes so
you’ll be able to install, adjust and
maintain them properly.
Don’t tap into your vehicle’s brake
system if the trailer’s brake system
will use more than 0.02 cubic inch
(0.3 cc) of fluid from your vehicle’s
master cylinder. If it does, both
braking systems won’t work well.
You could even lose your brakes.
Your Driving and the Road
Will the trailer brake parts take
3,000 psi (20650 kPa) of pressure? If
not, the trailer brake system must not
be used with your vehicle.
If everything checks out this far, then
make the brake fluid tap at the port
on the master cylinder that sends fluid
to the rear brakes. But don’t use
copper tubing for this. If you do, it
will bend and finally break off. Use
steel brake tubing.
8
8
.
182
Driving With a Trailer
Towing a trailer requires a certain
amount of experience. Before setting out
for the open road, you’ll want to get to
know your rig. Acquaint yourself with
the feel of handling and braking with the
added weight of the trailer. And always
keep in mind that the vehicle you are
driving is now a good deal longer and
not nearly so responsive as your vehicle
is by itself.
Before you start, check the trailer hitch
and platform, safety chains, electrical
connector, lights, tires and mirror
adjustment. If the trailer has electric
brakes, start your vehicle and trailer
moving and then apply the trailer brake
controller by hand to be sure the brakes
are working. This lets you check your
electrical connection at the same time.
During your trip, check occasionally to
be sure that the load is secure, and that
the lights and any trailer brakes are still
working.
Following Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when
driving your vehicle without a trailer.
This can help you avoid situations that
require heavy braking and sudden turns.
Passing
You’ll need more passing distance up
ahead when you’re towing a trailer.
And, because you’re a good deal longer,
you’ll need to go much farther beyond
the passed vehicle before you can return
to your lane.
Backing Up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel
with one hand. Then, to move the trailer
to the left, just move that hand to the
left. To move the trailer to the right,
move your hand to the right. Always
back up slowly and, if possible, have
someone guide you.
Making Turns
When you’re turning with a trailer,
make wider turns than normal. Do this
so your trailer won’t strike soft
shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, or
other objects. Avoid jerky or sudden
maneuvers. Signal well in advance.
Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle
has to have a different turn signal
flasher and extra wiring. The green
arrows on your instrument panel will
flash whenever you signal a turn or lane
change. Properly hooked up, the trailer
lights will also flash telling other drivers
you’re about to turn, change lanes, or
stop.
When towing a trailer, the green arrows
on your instrument panel will flash for
turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are
burned out. Thus, you may think drivers
behind you are seeing your signal when
Your Driving and the Road
they are not. It’s important to check
occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs
are still working.
Driving on Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear
before you start down a long or steep
downgrade. If you don’t shift down, you
might have to use your brakes so much
that they would get hot and no longer
work well.
On a long uphill grade, shift down and
reduce your speed to around 45 mph
(70 km/h) to reduce the possibility of
engine and transmission overheating.
. . . 184
If your trailer weighs more than 1,000
pounds (450 kg), and you have a manual
transmission with fifth gear, it’s better
not to use fifth gear. Just drive in fourth
gear (or, as you need to, a lower gear).
Parking on Hills
You really should not park your vehicle,
with a trailer attached, on a hill. If
something goes wrong, your rig could
start to move. People can be injured,
and both your vehicle and the trailer can
be damaged.
But if you ever have to park your rig on
a hill, here’s how to do it:
1. Apply your regular brakes, but don’t
shift into P (Park) yet, or into gear
for a manual transmission.
2. Have someone place chocks under
the trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel chocks are in place,
release the regular brakes until the
chocks absorb the load.
4. Reapply the regular brakes. Then
apply your parking brake, and then
shift to P (Park), or R (Reverse) for
a manual transmission.
5. If you have a four-wheel-drive
vehicle, be sure the transfer case is
in a drive gear - not in N (Neutral).
J
be dangerous tu get out
of your vehicle if the shift lever
It
is not fully in P (Park) with the
parking brake firmly set.
If you have left the engine running,
the veficle can move suddenly. You
or others could be injured. To be
sure your vehicle won’t move, when
you’re on fairly level ground, use
the steps that follow.
If you have four-wheel drive, and
your transfer case is in N (NeutraI) ,
your vehicle will be free to roll,
even if your shift lever is in
P (Park). So, be sure the transfer
case is in a drive gear - not in
N (Neutral).
If you are parking on a hill, or if
you’re pulling a trailer; also see
“Parking On Hills” in the Index.
6. Release the regular brakes.
When You Are Ready to Leave after
Parking on a Hill
1. Apply your regular brakes and hold
the pedal down while you:
Start your engine;
Shift into a gear; and
Release the parking brake.
2. Let up on the brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear
of the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up and
store the chocks.
Maintenance When Trailer Towing
Your vehicle will need service more
often when you’re pulling a trailer. See
the Maintenance Schedule for more on
this. Things that are especially important
in trailer operation are automatic
transmission fluid (don’t overfill),
engine oil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling
system, and brake adjustment. Each of
these is covered in this manual, and the
Index will help you find them quickly. If
you’re trailering, it’s a good idea to
review these sections before you start
your trip.
Check periodically to see that all hitch
nuts and bolts are tight.
185
9
=
Your Driving and the Road
Recreational Towing
There may be times when you want to
tow your Geo behind another vehicle for
use at your destination. Be sure to use
the proper towing equipment designed
for recreational towing. Follow the
instructions for the towing equipment.
Towing Your Geo from the Rear
The best way to tow your Geo is from
the rear. Follow these steps:
1 Put the rear wheels on a dolly.
.
NOTlCE
Do not tow your Geo with the re-wheels in contact with the grounL,
or the transmission could be
damaged.
186
2. Set the parking brake.
3. If your Geo is a four-wheel-drive
vehicle, set your manual
free-wheeling hubs to FREE or
unlock your automatic free-wheeling
hubs. See “Four-Wheel Drive’’ in
the Index.
4. Turn the ignition key to ACC to
unlock the steering wheel.
5. Clamp the steering wheel in a
straight-ahead position, with a
clamping device designed for towing.
6. Release the parking brake.
Towing Your Geo from the Front
Make sure that the towing speed
dues not exceed 55 mph
(90km/h), or your Geo could be
badly damaged.
I
I
If your vehicle has automatic
free-wheelinghubs or two-whet
drive, do not tow it on all fa
wheels. If you do, you
transmission could be damaged.
I
If you have a four-wheel-drive vehicle
with manual free-wheeling hubs, it can
be towed from the front with all four
wheels on the ground. Follow these
steps:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Turn the ignition key to ACC to
unlock the steering wheel.
Your Driving and the Road
3. Shift your automatic transmission
into P (Park), or your manual
transmission into 2 (Second).
4. Shift the transfer case to N (Neutral).
5. Set the hubs to FREE.See
“Four-Wheel Drive” in the Index.
6. Release the parking brake.
=
-
9
188
Stop towing every 200 miles (300 km)
and start the engine. Leave the transfer
case shift lever in N (Neutral). Shift
your automatic transmission to
D (Drive); leave a manual transmission
in 2 (Second) and release the clutch.
Run the engine at medium speed for one
minute to circulate the oil in the transfer
case. Turn the ignition key to ACC.
Now, you can continue towing your
Geo.
NU I Kt
Make sure that the towing speed
does not exceed 50 mph
(80 km/h), or your Geo could
badly damaged.
Problems on the Road
R
H e r e you’ll find what to do
about some problems that can
occur on the road.
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190
rumpstarting ........................................................
191
I‘owingYourVehicle ................................................. 196
3ngineOverheating ................................................... 200
[faTireGoesFlat ....................................................
208
[fYou’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or Snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
189-
-
Problems on the Road
IHazard Warning
fishers
Your hazard warning flashers let you
warn others. They also let police know
you have a problem. Your front and
rear turn signal lights will flash on and
off.
Press th e button in t:o mak 'our fr'ont
and rear turn signal lights flash on and
off.
Your hazard warning flashers work no
matter what position your key is in, and
even if the key isn't in.
To turn off the flashers, push the switch
again.
When the hazard warning flashers are
on, your turn signals won't work.
Other Warning Devices
If you carry reflective triangles, you can
set one up at the side of the road about
300 feet (100 m) behind your vehicle.
Jump Startirtg
If your battery has run down, you may
want to use another vehicle and some
jumper cables to start your Geo. But
please follow the steps below to do it
safely.
Batteries can hurt you. They
can be dangerous because:
They contain acid that can burn
L
0
you.
They contain gas that can
explode or ignite.
They contain enough electricity
to burn you.
If you don't follow these steps
exactly, some or all of these thin
can hurt you.
Ignoring these steps could result in
costly damage to your vehicle that
wouldn't be covered by your
warranty.
Trying to start your Geo by
pushing or pulling it could damage
your vehicle, even if you have a
manual transmission. And if you
have an automatic transmission, it
won't start that way.
191
Problems on the Road
To Jump Start Your Geo
1. Check the other vehicle. It must have
a 12-volt battery with a negative
ground system.
If the other systemisn’ta12-volt
I
system with a negative ground,
both vehicles can be damaged.
I
I
2. Get the vehicles close enough so the
jumper cables can reach, but be sure
the vehicles aren’t touching each
other. If they are, it could cause a
ground connection you don’t want.
You wouldn’t be able to start your
Geo, and the bad grounding could
darnage the electrical systems.
CAUTION
A
-1
You could be injured if the
vehicles roll. Set the parking
brake firmly on each vehicle. Put
an automatic transmission in
P (Park) or a manual transmission
in N (Neutral). If you have a
four-wheel-drive vehicle, be sure
the transfer case is not in
N (Neutral).
3. Turn off the ignition on both
vehicles. Turn off all lights that
aren’t needed, and radios. This will
avoid sparks and help save both
batteries. And it could save your
radio!
4. Open the hoods and locate the
batteries.
CA UTiON
A
An electric fan can start up
even when the engine is not
running and can injure you. Keep
hands, clothing and tools away
from any underhood electric fan.
-
f you leave your radio on, it
ould be badly damaged. T h c
?pairs wouldn’i 2 cove--?by
our warrant.
Find the positive (+) and negative
(-) terminals on each battery.
Using a match near a battery
can cause battery gas to
explode. People have been hurt
doing this, and some have been
blinded. Use a flashlight if you
need more light.
Be sure the battery has enough
water. You don’t need to add
water to the Delco Freedom*
battery installed in every new GM
vehicle. But if a battery has filler
caps, be sure the right amount of
fluid is there. If it is low, add
water to take care of that first. If
you don’t, explosive gas could be
present.
Battery fluid contains acid that can
burn you. Don’t get it on you. If
you accidentally get it in your eyes
or on your skin, flush the place
with water and get medical help
immediately.
Problems on the Road
5. Check that the jumper cables don’t
have loose or missing insulation. If
they do, you could get a shock. The
vehicles could be damaged, too.
Before you connect the cables, here
are some things you should know.
Positive (+) will go to positive (+)
and negative (-) will go to negative
(-) or a metal engine part. Don’t
connect (+) to (-) or you’ll get a
short that would damage the battery
and maybe other parts, too.
Fans or other moving engine
\ parts can injure you badly.
-eep your hands away from
moving parts once the engines are
running.
6. Connect the red positive (+) cable to
the positive (+) terminal of the
vehicle with the dead battery. Use a
remote positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one.
1
L
L
P
7 . Don’t let the other end touch metal.
Connect it to the positive (+)
terminal of the good battery. Use a
remote positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one.
8. Now connect the black negative (-)
cable to the good battery’s negative
( -) terminal.
Don’t let the other end touch
anything until the next step. The
other end of the negative cable
doesn’t go to the dead battery. It
goes to a heavy unpainted metal
part on the engine of the vehicle
with the dead battery.
9. Attach the cable at least 18 inches
(45 cm) away from the dead
battery, but not near engine parts
that move. The electrical
connection is just as good there, but
the chance of sparks getting back to
the battery is much less.
Problems on the Road
I
r
I-
L
Towing Your Vehicle
10. Now start the vehicle with the good
battery and run the engine for
awhile.
11. Try to start the vehicle with the
dead battery.
If it won't start after a few tries, it
probably needs service.
12. Remove the cables in reverse order
to prevent electrical shorting. Take
care that they don't touch each
other or any other metal.
A. HeavyMetal Engine Part
B. Good Battery
C. DeadBattery
Try to have a GM dealer or a
professional towing service tow your
Geo. The usual towing equipment is a
sling-type (A) or a wheel-lift (B) or car
carrier (C) tow truck.
If your vehicle has been changed or
modified since it was factory-new by
adding aftermarket items like fog lamps,
aero skirting, or special tires and
wheels, these instructions and
illustrations may not be correct.
Before you do anything, turn on the
hazard warning flashers.
When you call, tell the towing service:
A dolly must be used when towing
from the front.
That your vehicle has rear-wheel
drive, or that it has the
four-wheel-drive option.
The make, model, and year of your
vehicle.
Whether you can still move the shift
levers for the transmission and
transfer case, if you have one.
If there was an accident, what was
damaged.
When the towing service arrives, let the
tow operator know that this manual
contains detailed towing instructions and
illustrations. The operator may want to
see them.
*
0
*
T-
helpavoidinjuryto
you or
Never let passengers ride in a
vehicle that is being towed.
Never tow faster than safe or
posted speeds
Never tow with damaged parts
not fully secured.
Never get under your vehicle
after it has been lifted by the
tow truck.
Always use separate safety
chains on each side when towing
a vehicle.
Never use T-hooks. Use “J”
hooks instead.
When your vehicle is being towed, have
the ignition key off. The steering wheel
should be clamped in a straight-ahead
position, with a clamping device
designed for towing service. Do not use
the vehicle’s steering column lock for
this. The transmission and transfer case,
if you have one, should be in Neutral
and the parking brake released.
Problems on the Road
Don’thaveyour vehicle towedwith the
rear wheels in contact with the ground.
If a vehicle must be towed from the
front with sling-type or wheel lift
equipment, the rear wheels must be
supported on a dolly.
If your vehicle has four-wheel drive,
don’t have it towed on the front wheels
unless you must. If a vehicle with
four-wheel drive must be towed on the
front wheels, set your manual,
free-wheeling hubs to FREE or unlock
your automatic free-wheeling hubs, and
set your transfer case to two-wheel
drive. If your vehicle must be towed on
the front wheels, don’t go more than
55 mph (90 km/h).
=
9.198
CAUTION
Front Towing Hook-Ups
I
I’ \
A
A vehicle can fall from a car
carrier if it isn’t properly
,,cured. This can cause a
collision, serious personal injury
and vehicle damage. The vehicle
should be tightly secured with
chains or steel cables before it is
transported.
Don’t use substitutes (ropes,
leather straps, canvas webbing,
etc.) that can be cut by sharp
edges underneath the towed
vehicle.
Attach “J” hooks to the rear oIf lower
control arms inboard of springs
Position 4x4 wood beam across sling
chains and against lower control arm
front attachment brackets. Position the
lower sling crossbar in front and against
4x4 wood beam.
Attach a separate safety chain around
outboard end of each lower control arm.
Rear Towing Hook-Ups
Attach “J” hooks around axle tube.
I
Take care not to damage the brake
pipes on the axle tubes.
I
1
Problems on the Road
L
A
H
Position the sling crossbar under and
forward of the rear bumper.
.
= =
200
Engine Overheating
You will find a coolant temperature
Attach a separate safety chain around
the outboard end of each side of the rear gage on your Geo instrument panel.
axle.
If Steam Is Coming from Your Engine:
' Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly, even if you just
-open the hood. Stay away
from the engine if you see or hear steam
coming from it. Just turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle until
it cools down. Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before opening
the hood.
If you keep driving when your engine is overheated, the liquids in it can
catch fire. You or others could be badly burned. Stop your engine if it
overheats, and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool.
I
II
If your engine catches fire becawIOU keep driving with no coolant,
four vehicle can be badly
imaged. The costly repairs wou
aot be covered by your warranty.
Problems on the Road
If No Steam Is Coming from Your
Engine:
If you get the overheat warning but see
or hear no steam, the problem may not
be too serious. Sometimes the engine
can get a little too hot when you:
Climb a long hill on a hot day.
Stop after high speed driving.
Idle for long periods in traffic.
Tow a trailer.
. . . 202
If you get the overheat warning with no
sign of steam, try this for a minute or
so:
1. If you have an air conditioner, turn it
off.
2. Turn on your heater to full hot at the
highest fan speed and open the
window as necessary.
3. If you’re in a traffic jam, shift to
N (Neutral).
If you no longer have the overheat
warning, you can drive. Just to be safe,
drive slower for about ten minutes. If
the warning doesn’t come back on, you
can drive normally.
If the warning continues, pull over,
stop, and park your vehicle right away.
If there’s still no sign of steam, you can
idle the engine for two or three minutes
while you’re parked, to see if the
warning stops. But then, if you still have
the warning, TURN OFF THE
ENGINE AND GET EVERYONE OUT
OF THE VEHICLE until it cools down.
You may decide not to lift the hood but
to get service help right away.
When you decide it’s safe to lift the
hood, here’s what you’ll see:
1. Coolant Recovery Tank
2. Radiator Pressure Cap
3. Electric Engine Fan
A An electric fan under the
I
hood can start up even when
thL @ne is not running and can
injure you. Keep hands, clothing
and tools away from any
underhood electric fan.
Don’t reach through the grille to
release the underhood lever.
-
L
I
I
If the coolant inside the coolant recovery
tank is boiling, don’t do anything else
until it cools down.
The coolant level should be at or above
FULL. If it isn’t, you may have a leak
in the radiator hoses, heater hoses,
radiator, water pump or somewhere else
in the cooling system.
unu I
1
l V l V
r
Heater and radiator hoses,
L and other engine parts, can be
very hot. Don’t touch them. If you
do, you can be burned.
Don’t run the engine if there is a
leak. If you run the engine, it
could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you
could be burned. Get any leak
fixed before you drive the vehicle.
E
203
=
Problems on the Road
c
Engine damage from running yollr
engine without coolant isn’t
covered by your warranty.
If there seems to be no leak, check to
see if the electric engine fan is running.
If the engine is overheating, the fan
should be running. If it isn’t, your
vehicle needs service.
I
I
How to Add Coolant to the Coolant
Recovery Tank
If you haven’t found a problem yet, but
the coolant level isn’t at or above
FULL, add a 50/50 mixture of clean
water (preferably distilled) and the
proper antifreeze at the coolant recovery
tank. (See “Engine Coolant” in the
Index for more information about the
proper coolant mix.)
A Adding only plain water to
cooling system can be
dangerous. Plain water, or some
other liquid, like alcohol, can boil
before the proper coolant mix will.
Your vehicle’s coolant warning
system is set for the proper coolant
mix. With plain water, or the
wrong mix, your engine could get
too hot but you wouldn’t get the
overheat warning. Your engine
could catch fire and you or others
could be burned. Use a 50/50 mix
of clean water and a proper
antifreeze.
L your
I
' In cold weather, water can freeze
and crack the engine, radiator,
\eater core and other parts. Us
he recommended coolant.
IA
You canbeburned if you
spill coolant on hot engine
parts. Coolant contains ethylene
glycol and it will burn if the
engine parts are hot enough. Don't
-?ill coolant on a hot engine.
-
b
When the coolant in the coolant
recovery tank is at or above FULL,
start your vehicle.
If the overheat warning continues,
there's one more thing you can try. You
can add the proper coolant mix directly
to the radiator, but be sure the cooling
system is cool before you do it.
Steam and scalding liquids
- b from a hot cooling system car
I
blow out and burn you badly.
They are under pressure, and if
you turn the radiator pressure cap
- even a little - they can come
out at high speed. Never turn the
cap when the cooling system,
including the radiator pressure cap,
is hot. Wait for the cooling system
and radiator pressure cap to cool il
you ever have to turn the pressure
cap.
205
I
Problems on the Road
I
How to Add Coolant to the Radiator
1. You can remove the radiator pressure
cap when the cooling system,
including the radiator pressure cap
and upper radiator hose, is no longer
hot. Turn the pressure cap slowly to
the left until it first stops. (Don't
press down while turning the
pressure cap.)
If you hear a hiss, wait for that to
stop. A hiss means there is still some
pressure left.
I
2. Then keep turning the pressure cap,
but now push down as you turn it.
Remove the pressure cap.
A
3. Fill the radiator with the proper mix,
up to the base of the filler neck.
4. Then fill the coolant recovery tank to
the FULL mark.
5. Put the cap back on the coolant
recovery tank, but leave the radiator
pressure cap off.
6 . Start the engine and let it run until
you can feel the upper radiator hose
getting hot. Watch out for the engine
fan.
By this time, the coolant level inside
the radiator filler neck may be lower.
If the level is lower, add more of the
proper mix through the filler neck
until the level reaches the base of the
filler neck.
r
Problems on the Road
Zf a Tire Goes Hut
Then replace the pressure cap. Be
sure the ears on the pressure cap line
up like this.
It’s unusual for a tire to “blow out’’
while you’re driving, especially if you
maintain your tires properly. If air goes
out of a tire, it’s much more likely to
leak out slowly. But if you should ever
have a “blowout, here are a few tips
about what to expect and what to do:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire will
create a drag that pulls the vehicle
toward that side. Take your foot off the
accelerator pedal and grip the steering
wheel firmly. Steer to maintain lane
position, then gently brake to a stop well
out of the traffic lane.
A rear blowout, particularly on a curve,
acts much like a skid and may require
the same correction you’d use in a skid.
”
..
9
208
In any rear blowout, remove your foot
from the accelerator pedal. Get the
vehicle under control by steering the
way you want the vehicle to go. It may
be very bumpy and noisy, but you can
still steer. Gently brake to a stop, well
off the road if possible.
If your tire goes flat, the next section
shows how to use your jacking
equipment to change a flat tire safely.
ChanginQ a Flat lire
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and
wheel damage by driving slowly to a
level place. Turn on your hazard
warning flashers.
CAUTION
A
Changing a tire can cause an injury. The vehicle can slip off the jack
and roll over you or other people. You and they could be badly injured.
Find a level place to change your tire. To help prevent the vehicle from
moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Put the shift lever in P (Park).
3. Shift a manual transmission to 1 (First) or R (Reverse).
4. If you have a four-wheel-drive vehicle, be sure the transfer case is in a
drive gear - not in N (Neutral).
5. Turn off the engine.
To be even more certain the vehicle won’t move, you can put chocks at the
front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one being changed. That
would be the tire on the other side of the vehicle, at the opposite end.
I The following steps will tell you how to use the jack and change a tire.
The equipment you’ll need is under the
front seats.
The jack and wheel wrench are under
the passenger’s seat.
209
=
The jack handle is under the driver’s
seat.
.210
Start with the jack (A), jack handle (B)
and wheel wrench (C).
The spare tire is mounted on your
tailgate. Pull the cover off of the spare
tire.
Insert your key into the wheel lock and
pull the wheel lock off.
Remove wheel nuts with the wheel
wrench.
Remove the spare tire from the
mounting bracket and place it near your
flat tire.
Attach the jack handle to the jack bolt.
Rotate the jack handle clockwise (to the
right). That will raise the lift head a
little.
Using the wheel wrench, loosen all the
wheel nuts. Don’t remove them yet.
211
Problems on the Road
Under the vehicle near each wheel,
there are bosses in the vehicle’s rocker
flange. Position the jack and raise the
jack head until it fits firmly onto the
bosses nearest the flat tire. Do not raise
the vehicle yet.
Raising your vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned will damage
the vehicle or may allow the
vehicle to fall off the jack. Be sure
to fit the jack lift head into the
proper location before raising your
vehicle.
I
A
d
Getting under a vehicle when
itisjackedupis
dangerous. If
L I I ~
vehicle slips off the jack, you
could be badly injured or killed.
Never get under a vehicle when it
is supported only by a jack.
. .212
Raise the vehicle by rotating the wheel
wrench clockwise. Raise the vehicle far
enough so there is enough room for the
spare tire to fit.
r
.-
'_
c
Remove all the wheel nuts and take off
the flat tire.
Rust or dirt on the wheel, or
on the parts to which it is
fastened, can make the wheel nuts
become loose after a time. The
wheel could come off and cause an
accident. When you change a
wheel, remove any rust or dirt
from the places where the wheel
attaches to the vehicle. In an
emergency, you can use a cloth or
a paper towel to do this; but be
sure to use a scraper or wire brush
later, if you need to, to get all the
rust or dirt off.
-
=
Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel
bolts, mounting surfaces or spare wheel.
Place the spare on the wheel mounting
surface.
Problems on the Road
CAUTION
*
Neveruseoilorgreaseon
studs or nuts. If you do, the
nuts might come loose. Your
wheel could fall off, causing a
serious accident.
1
I
. . . 214
Replace the wheel nuts with the rounded
end of the nuts toward the wheel.
Tighten each nut by hand until the wheel
is held against the hub.
I
Lower the vehicle by rotating the wheel
wrench counterclockwise. Lower the
completely.
Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a
criss-cross sequence as shown.
A
Incorrect wheel nuts or
improperly tightened wheel
I nuts can cause the wheel to
become loose or even came off.
This could lead to an accident. Be
sure to use the correct wheel nuts.
If you have to replace them, be '
sure to get the right kind.
Stop as soon as you can and have
the nuts tightened with a torque
wrench to 60 pound-feet (80 N-m).
I
I
I
Problems on the Road
1. Front Passenger Seat
2. Jack
3. Clamp
4. Wrench
5. Jack Handle
6. Front Driver Seat
Replace the jack, jack handle, flat tire,
and wheel wrench.
*
Storing a tire in thepassenger
compartment of the vehicle
- ould cause injury. Be sure to
store the jack and other equipment
properly. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store all these in
the proper place.
-
If You’re Stuck: In
Sand, Mud, Ice or
Snow
What you don’t want to do when your
vehicle is stuck is to spin your wheels.
The method known as “rocking” can
help you get out when you’re stuck, but
you must use caution.
‘
4
If you let your tires spin at
2 high speed, they can explode
and you or others could be injured.
And, the transmission and other
parts of the vehicle can overheat.
That could cause an engine
compartment fire or other damage.
When you’re stuck, spin the
wheels as little as possible. Don’t
spin the wheels above 35 mph
(55 km/h) as shown on the
speedometer.
Spinning your wheels can destroy
parts of your vehicle as well as th
tires. If you spin the wheels too
fast while shifting your
transmission back and forth, you
can destroy your transmission.
Problems on the Road
----
Rocking your vehicle to get it out:
First, turn your steering wheel left and
right. That will clear the area around
your front wheels. Then shift back and
forth between R (Reverse) and a
forward gear (or with a manual
transmission, between First or Second
gear and Reverse), spinning the wheels
as little as possible. Release the
accelerator pedal while you shift, and
press lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in gear. If that
doesn’t get you out after a few tries,
you may need to be towed out. Or, you
can use your recovery hooks. If you do
need to be towed out, see ‘‘Towing
Your Vehicle” in the Index.
Using the Recovery Hooks
If you ever get stuck in sand, mud, ice,
or snow, your Tracker is equipped with
recovery hooks. The recovery hooks are
provided at the front and rear of your
vehicle. You may need to use them if
you’re stuck off-road and need to be
pulled to some place where you can
continue driving.
The recovery hooks when
used, are under a lot of force.
Always pull the vehicle straight
out. Never pull on the hooks at a
sideways angle. The hooks could
break off and you or others could
be injured from the chain or cable
snapping back.
I
Never use the recovery hooks to
tow the vehicle. Your Tracker
could be damaged and it would no1
be covered by warrant]
Notes
-
220
Part 6
i
i
iervice
& Appearance Care
H e r e you wit1 find information
about the care of your Geo. This
part begins with service and fuel
information. and then it shows
how to check important fluid and
lubricant levels. There is also
technical information about your
vehicle. and a section devoted to
its appearance care .
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Checking
227
.Things
. underthe Hood ........................................
HoodRelease ......................................................
227
Engineoil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
Aircleaner ........................................................ 233
Automatic Transmission Fluid ........................................ 234
Manual Transmission Fluid........................................... 237
Clutch Adjustment.................................................. 238
RearAxle .........................................................
238
Four-WheelDrive ..................................................
239
Enginecoolant..................................................... 240
Power Steering Fluid................................................ 243
Windshield Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244
Brake Master Cylinder ............................................... 245
Battery ...........................................................
247
Bulb Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
LoadingYourVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
253
Appearancecare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Appearance Care and MaintenanceMaterials .............................. 271
Vehicle Identification Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Service Parts Identification Label........................................
272
Add-on Electrical Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Fuses and CircuitBreakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
ReplacementBulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
221
.
!mice& Appearance Care
CAU TION
I
rn Service
Your Geo dealer knows your vehicle
best and wants you to be happy with it.
We hope you’ll go to your dealer for all
your service needs. You’ll get genuine
GM parts and GM-trained and supported
service people,
We hope you’ll want to keep your GM
vehicle all GM. Genuine GM parts have
one of these marks.
Doing Your Own Service Work
If you want to do some of your own
service work, you’ll want to get the
proper Geo Service Manual. It tells you
much more about how to service your
. . . 222
Geo than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see “Service
Publications” in the Index.
You should keep a record with all parts
receipts and list the mileage and the date
of any service work you perform. See
“Maintenance Record” in the Index.
You can be injured if you try
to do service work on a
vehicle without knowing enough
about it.
9 Be sure you have sufficient
knowledge, experience, and
proper replacement parts andtools before you attempt any
vehicle maintenance task.
* Be sure to use the proper nuts,
bolts and other fasteners.
“English” and “metric”
f m n e r s can be easily confused.
If you use the wrong fasteners,
parts can later break or fall off.
You could be hurt.
d-h
I NOTICE
r
Fuel
Use regular unleaded gasoline rated at
87 octane or higher. It should meet
specifications, ASTM D4814 in the U.S.
and CGSB 3.5-M92 in Canada. These
fuels should have the proper additives,
so you should not have to add anything
to the fuel.
In the U.S. and Canada, it’s easy to be
sure you get the right kind of gasoline
(unleaded). You’ll see UNLEADED
right on the pump. And only unleaded
nozzles will fit into your vehicle’s filler
neck.
Be sure the posted octane is at least 87.
If the octane is less than 87, you may
get a heavy knocking noise when you
drive. If it’s bad enough, it can damage
your engine.
If you’re using fuel rated at 87 octane or
higher and you still hear heavy
knocking, your engine needs service.
But don’t worry if you hear a little
pinging noise when you’re accelerating
or driving up a hill. That’s normal, and
you don’t have to buy a higher octane
fuel to get rid of pinging. It’s the heavy,
constant knock that means you have a
problem.
What about gasoline with blending
materials that contain oxygen, such as
MTBE or alcohol?
223
-
c
Service & Appearance Care
MTBE is ‘‘methyl tertiary-butyl ether. ’’
Fuel that is no more than 15% MTBE is
fine for your vehicle.
Ethanol is ethyl or grain alcohol.
no more
Properly-blendedfuelthatis
than 10% ethanol is fine for your
vehicle.
Methanol ismethyl or wood alcohol.
I
I
I
I
. . . 224
methanol is bad for your vehicle.
on’t use it. It can corrode metal
parts in your fuel system and also
damage plastic and rubber pr
That damage wouldn’t be covered
under your warranty. And e-? at
5 % or less, there must be
“cosolvents” and corrosion
,:eventers in this fuel +nhpll
Gasolines for Cleaner Air
Your use of gasoline with detergent
additives will help prevent deposits from
forming in your engine and fuel system.
That helps keep your engine in tune and
your emission control system working
properly. It’s good for your vehicle, and
you’ll be doing your part for cleaner air.
Many gasolines are now blended with
materials called oxygenates. General
Motors recommends that you use
gasolines with these blending materials,
such as MTBE and ethanol. By doing
so, you can help clean the air, especially
in those parts of the country that have
high carbon monoxide levels.
In addition, some gasoline suppliers are
now producing reformulated gasolines.
These gasolines are specially designed to
reduce vehicle emissions. General
Motors recommends that you use
reformulated gasoline. By doing so, you
can help clean the air, especially in
those parts of the country that have high
ozone levels,
You should ask your service station
operators if their gasolines contain
detergents and oxygenates, and if they
have been reformulated to reduce
vehicle emissions.
Fuels in Foreign Countries
If you plan on driving in another
country outside the U.S. or Canada,
unleaded fuel may be hard to find. Do
not use leaded gasoline. If you use even
one tankful, your emission controls
won’t work well or at all. With
continuous use, spark plugs can get
fouled, the exhaust system can corrode,
and your engine oil can deteriorate
quickly. Your vehicle’s oxygen sensor
will be damaged. All of that means
costly repairs that wouldn’t be covered
by your warranty.
To check on fuel availability, ask an
auto club, or contact a major oil
company that does business in the
country where you’ll be driving.
You can also write us at the following
address for advice. Just tell us where
you’re going and give your Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN).
General Motors of Canada Limited
International Export Sales
P.O. Box 828
Oshawa, Ontario LIH 7N1
Canada
Service & Appearance Care
I
Filling Your Tank
b Au 1 l U / V
1
Gasoline vapor is highly
flammable. It bums violently,
and that can cause very bad
injuries. Don’t smoke if you’re
near gasoline or refueling your
vehicle. Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away from
gasoline.
The cap is behind a hinged door on the
right side of your vehicle.
To take off the cap, turn it slowly to the
left (counterclockwise).
226
...
I
If you get gasoline on you and
then something ignites it, you
could be badly burned. Gasoline
can spray out on you if you open
the fuel filler cap too quickly. This
spray can happen if your tank is
nearly full, and is more likely in
hot weather. Open the fuel filler
cap slowly and wait for any
“hiss” noise to stop. Then
unscrew the cap all the way.
When you put the cap back on, turn it to
the right until you hear a clicking noise.
NU II L t
If you need a new cap, be sure to
get the right type. Your dealer can
get one for you. If you get the
wrong type, it may not fit or have
proper venting, and your fuel tank
and emissions system IT ‘ ‘It be
‘
damal
~
H
Checking l7tings under
the Hood
Hood Release
Then go to the front of the vehicle, push
down lightly on the hood, and push the
hood release lever to your left.
Lift the hood, release the hood prop
from its retainer and put the hood prop
into the slot in the hood.
To open the hood, first pull the release
handle inside the glove box.
227
=
9
9
Service & Appearance Care
7".
l -
a
I LUU I l V 1 V
An electric fan under the
hood can start up and injure
you even when the engine is not
running. Keep hands, clothing and
tools away from any underhood
electric fan. Don't reach through
the grille to release the underhood
lever.
. . . 228
I
When you open the hood, you'll see:
1. Battery
2. Automatic Transmission Dipstick
(Option)
3. Oil Fill Cap
4. Brake Fluid Reservoir
5. Air Cleaner
6. Power Steering Reservoir (Option)
7 . Engine Coolant Reservoir
8. Radiator Cap
9. Electric Fan
10. EngineOilDipstick
11. Windshield Washer Reservoir
12. Main Fuse Box
CAUTION
A
Things that burn can get on
hot engine parts and start a
fire. These include liquids like
gasoline, oil, coolant, brake fluid,
windshield washer and other
fluids, and plastic or rubber. You
or others could be burned. Be
careful not to drop or spill things
that will burn onto a hot engine.
Before closing the hood, be sure all the
filler caps are on.
Engine Oil
Then lift the hood to relieve pressure on
the hood prop. Remove the hood prop
from the slot in the hood and return the
prop to its retainer. Then just let the
hood down and close it firmly.
It’s a good idea to check your engine oil
level every time you get fuel. In order
to get an accurate reading, the oil must
be warm and the vehicle must be on
level ground.
Turn off the engine and give the oil a
few minutes to drain back into the oil
pan. If you don’t, the oil dipstick might
not show the actual level.
To Check Engine Oil: Pull out the
dipstick and clean it with a paper towel
or cloth, then push it back in all the
way. Remove it again, keeping the tip
lower.
Service & Appearance Care
I
When to Add Oil: If the oil is at or
below the ADD mark, you’ll need to
add some oil. But you must use the right
kind. This section explains what kind of
oil to use. For crankcase capacity, see
“Capacities and Specifications’’ in the
Index.
Don’t add too much oil. If your
engine has so much oil that the oil
level gets above the upper mark
that shows the proper operating
range, your engine could be
damaged.
Just fill it enough to put the level
somewhere in the proper operating
range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when you’re through.
Recommended SAE Viscosity
Grade EngineOils
For best fuel economy and cold starting,
select the lowest SAE viscosity grade oil
for the expectedtemperature range.
HOT
WEATHER
@
1
5W.30
4
$
c~coNs.8
1-1
LOOK
FOR THIS
LABEL
What Kind of Oil to Use:
Look for three things:
SG
SG must be on the oil container,
either by itself or combined with other
quality designations, such as SGKC,
SG/CD, SF, SG, CC, etc. These
letters show American Petroleum
Institute (API) levels of quality.
--
SAE 1OW-30
SAE 5W-30
PREFERRED
COLD
WEATHER
you use oils that don’t have the
BG designation, you can cause
engine damage not covered Sy
your warranty.
1
IF NEITHER SAE 5W-30 NOR
SAE 1OW-30
GRADE OILS ARE AVAILABLE, SAE 30 GRADE
MAY BE USED AT TEMPERATURES ABOVE
40 DEGREES F (4 DEOREES C).
DO NOT USE SAE 10W-40, SAE 2OW-50 OR
ANYOTHERGRADE
OIL NOT RECOMMENDED.
SAE 5W-30
As shown in the viscosity chart, SAE
5W-30is best for your vehicle.
However, you can use SAE 1OW-30
if it’s going to be 0°F (- 18°C) or
above.
These numbers on an oil container
show its viscosity, or thickness. Do
not use other viscosity oils such as
SAE 1OW-40 or SAE 2OW-50.
Energy Conserving I1
Oils with these words on the container
will help you save fuel.
231
Service & Appearance Care
This doughnut-shaped logo (symbol) is
used on most oil containers to help you
select the correct oil.
You should look for this on the oil
container, and use only those oils that
display the logo.
GM Goodwrench@oil (in Canada, GM
Engine Oil) meets all the requirements
for your vehicle.
Engine Oil Additives: Don’t add
anything to your oil. Your Geo dealer is
ready to advise if you think something
should be added.
‘
When to Change Engine Oil: See if
any one of these is true for you:
Most trips are less than 4 miles
(6 km).
It’s below freezing outside and most
trips are less than 10 miles (16 km).
The engine is at low speed most of
the time (as in door-to-door delivery,
or in stop-and-go traffic).
You tow a trailer often.
Most trips are through dusty places.
The vehicle is frequently operated
off-road.
If any one of these is true for your
vehicle, you need to change your oil
and filter every 3,000miles (5 000 km)
or 3 months - whichever comes first.
If none of them is true, change oil and
filter every 7,500 miles (12 500 km) or
7.5 months - whichever comes first.
- m
Air Cleaner
What to Do with Used Oil:
CAUTION
Used engine oil contains
that have caused skin
Gancer in laboratory animals.
Don’t let used oil stay on your
skin for very long. Clean your
skin and nails with soap and water
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
properly throw away clothing or
rags containing used engine oil.
D things
Used oil can be a real threat to the
environment. If you change your own
oil, be sure to drain all free-flowing oil
from the filter before disposal. Don’t
ever dispose of it by pouring it on the
ground, into sewers, or into streams or
bodies of water. Instead, recycle it by
taking it to a place that collects used oil.
If you have a problem properly
disposing of your used oil, ask your
dealer, a service station or a local
recycling center for help.
Refer to your Maintenance Schedule to
determine when to replace the air filter.
See “Scheduled Maintenance Services”
in the Index.
A
Operating the engine with the
air cleaner off can cause you
or others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air, it
stops flame if the engine backfires.
If it isn’t there, and the engine
backfires, you could be burned.
Don’t drive with it off, and be
careful working,on the engine with
the air cleaner off.
L
233
-
=
Service & Appearance Care
c
Automatic Tmnsmissian Fluid
If the air cleaner is off, a backfire
can cause a damaging engine fire.
And, dirt can easily get into your
engine, which will damage it.
Always have the air cleaner in
place when you're driving.
. . . 234
Air Filter Replacement
To check or replace the filter, remove
the screws and lift up the cover.
When to Check and Change:
A good time to check your automatic
transmission fluid level is when the
engine oil is changed. Refer to the
Maintenance Schedule to determine
when to change your fluid. See
"Scheduled Maintenance Services" in
the Index.
How to Check:
Because this operation can be a little
difficult, you may choose to have this
done at a Geo dealership Service
Department.
If you do it yourself, be sure to follow
all the instructions here, or you could
get a false reading on the dipstick.
'
/vuIIL-t
In heavy traffic - especially in hot
weather.
While pulling a trailer.
To get the right reading, the fluid should
be at normal operating temperature,
to
which is 180°F to 200°F (82°C
93°C).
To check transmission fluid hot:
Wait at least 30 minutes before checking
the transmission fluid level if you have
been driving:
When outside temperatures are above
90°F (32°C).
At high speed for quite a while.
Get the vehicle warmed up by driving
about 15 miles (24 km) when outside
temperatures are above 50°F (10°C).If
it's colder than 50°F (lO°C),drive the
vehicle in D (Third Gear) until the
engine temperature gage moves and then
remains steady for ten minutes. Then
follow the hot check procedures.
To check transmission fluid cold:
A cold check is made after the vehicle
has been sitting for eight hours or more
with the engine off and is used only as a
reference. Let the engine run at idle for
five minutes if outside temperatures are
50°F (10°C)or more. If it's colder than
50°F (lO°C),you may have to idle the
engine longer. A hot check must follow
when fluid is added during a cold check.
235
U
9
Service & Appearance Care
To check the fluid hot or cold:
Park your vehicle on a level place.
Place the shift lever in P (Park) with
the parking brake applied.
With your foot on the brake pedal,
move the shift lever through each gear
range, pausing for about three seconds
in each range. Then, position the shift
lever in P (Park).
Let the engine run at idle for three
minutes or more.
. . . 236
Then, without shutting off the engine,
follow these steps:
1. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it with
a clean rag or paper towel.
2. Push it back in all the way, wait
three seconds and then pull it back
out again.
3. Check both sides of the dipstick, and
read the lower level. The fluid level
must be in the COLD (A) area for a
cold check or in the HOT (B) or
cross-hatched area for a hot check.
4. If the fluid level is where it should
be, push the dipstick back in all the
way.
How to Add Fluid:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to
determine what kind of transmission
fluid to use. See “Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants” in the Index.
If the fluid level is low, add only
enough of the proper fluid to bring the
level up into the COLD area for a cold
check or the HOT area for a hot check.
It doesn’t take much fluid, generally less
than a pint. Don’t overfill. We
recommend you use only fluid labeled
DEXRON@-11, because fluids with that
label are made especially for our
automatic transmission. Damage caused
by fluid other than DEXRON@-I1 is not
covered by your new vehicle warranty.
Manual Transmiisioon Fluid
After adding fluid, recheck the fluid
level as described under “How to
Check.
When the correct fluid level is
obtained, push the dipstick back in all
the way.
”
When to Check and Change:
A good time to have it checked is when
the engine oil is changed. Refer to the
Maintenance Schedule to find out when
to change your transmission fluid. See
‘‘Scheduled Maintenance Services’’ in
the Index.
How to Check:
Because this operation can be a little
difficult, you may choose to have this
done at a Geo dealership Service
Department.
If you do it yourself, be sure to follow
all the instructions here, or you could
get a false reading.
I
9 0 much or too little fluid can
...anage your transmission. Too
much can mean that some of the
fluidcould come out and fall on
hot engine parts, starting a fire.
sure to get an accurate reading if
you check your transmission fluid.
I
I
Check the fluid level only when your
engine is off, the vehicle is parked on a
level place and the transmission is cool
enough for you to rest your fingers on
the transmission case.
237
8
Clutch Adjustment
The clutch linkage in your vehicle
Then, follow these steps:
should be checked as recommended in
1. Remove the filler plug.
your Maintenance Schedule. To check,
2, Check that the lubricant level is up to push the clutch pedal down with your
the bottom of the filler plug hole.
hand until you feel some resistance to
How to Add Fluid:
movement of the pedal. If the pedal
moves freely up to an inch (25 mm) or
Here’s how to add fluid. Refer to the
so before you feel resistance to the
Maintenance Schedule to see what kind
travel,
adjustment isn’t needed.
of fluid to use. See “Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.
If there is no free travel or very little
(less than 5 / 8 of an inch), see your
1 Remove the filler plug.
dealer for adjustment.
2. Add fluid at the filler plug hole. Add
only enough fluid to bring the fluid
level up to the bottom of the filler
plug hole.
3. Install the filler plug. Be sure the
plug is fully seated.
.
Rear Axle
When to Check and Change
Lubricant:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to
determine how often to check the
lubricant and when to change it. See
“Periodic Maintenance Inspections” and
“Scheduled Maintenance Services” in
the Index.
How to Check Lubricant:
If the level is below the bottom of the
filler plug hole, you’ll need to add some
lubricant. Add enough lubricant to raise
the level to the bottom of the filler plug
hole.
What to Use:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to
determine what kind of lubricant to use.
See “Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants” in the Index.
Four- Wheel Drive
Most lubricant checks in this section
also apply to four-wheel-drive vehicles.
However, they have two additional
systems that need lubrication.
Transfer Case
When to Check and Change
Lubricant:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to
determine how often to check the
lubricant and when to change it. See
‘‘Scheduled Maintenance Services’’ in
the Index.
How to Check Lubricant: If the level
is below the bottom of the filler plug
hole, you’ll need to add some lubricant.
Add enough lubricant to raise the level
to the bottom of the filler plug hole.
What to Use:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to
determine what kind of lubricant to use.
See “Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants” in the Index.
Front Axle
When to Check and Change
Lubricant:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to
determine how often to check the
lubricant, and when to change it. See
“Periodic Maintenance Inspections” and
“Scheduled Maintenance Services” in
the Index.
Service & Appearance Care
Engine Coolant
How to Check Lubricant:
If the level is below the bottom of the
filler plug hole, you’ll need to add some
lubricant.
If the differential is at operating
temperature (warm), add enough
lubricant to raise the level to the bottom
of the filler plug hole.
If the differential is cold, add enough
lubricant to raise the level to 1/2 inch
(12 mm) below the filler plug hole.
What to Use:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to
determine what kind of lubricant to use.
See “Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants” in the Index.
The following explains your cooling
system and how to add coolant when it
is low. If you have a problem with
engine overheating, see “Engine
Overheating” in the Index.
The proper coolant for your Geo will:
Give freezing protection down to
-34°F (-37°C).
Give boiling protection up to 258°F
(125°C).
Protect against rust and corrosion.
Help keep the proper engine
temperature.
Let the warning lights work as they
should.
What to Use:
Use a mixture of one-half clean water
(preferably distilled) and one-half
antifreeze or approved recycled coolant
that meets “GM Specification 6038M,”
which won’t damage aluminum parts.
Also use GM Engine Coolant
Supplement (sealer) with a complete
coolant change. If you use these, you
don’t need to add anything else.
r
Adding only plain water to
your cooling system can be
dmgemus. Plaia water, or some
other liquid like alcohol, can boil
before the proper coolant mix will.
Your vehicle’s coolant warning
system is set for the proper coolant
mix, With plain water or the
wrong mix, your engine could get
too hot but you wouldn’t get the
overheat warning. Your engine
could catch fire and you or others
could be burned. Use a 50/50 mix
of clean water and a proper
antifreeve or approved recycled
coolant.
If you have to add coolant more than
four time a year, have your dealer check
your cooling system.
b
I I
If you use the proper coolant, you
don’t have to add extra inhibitors
or additivies which claim to
I
Some conditions, such as air trapped in
the cooling system, can affect the
coolant level in the radiator. Check the
coolant level when the engine is cold
and follow the steps under ‘‘Adding
Coolant” for the proper way to add
coolant.
241
Service & Appearance Care
Adding Coolant
To Check Coolant: When your engine
is cold, the coolant level should be
LOW, or a little higher. When your
engine is warm, the level should be up
to FULL, or a little higher.
To Add Coolant: If you need more
coolant, add the proper mix at the
coolant recovery tank.
r
Add coolant mix at the recovery tank,
but be careful not to spill it.
, You can be burned
Turning the radiator pressure
cap when the engine and
radiator are hot can allow steam
and scalding liquids to blow out
and burn you badly. With the
coolant recovery tank, you will
almost never have to add coolant
at the radiator. Never turn the
radiator pressure cap - even a
little - when the engine and
radiator are hot.
if you
- L spill coolant on hot engine
parts. Coolant contains ethylene
glycol, and it will burn if the
engine parts are hot enough. Don't
spill coolant on a hot engine.
Power Steering Fluid
Radiator Pressure Cap
I V UI IIJt
I
Your radiator pressure cap is a 13
- i (90 kPa) pressure-type cap and
must be tightly installed to prevent
coolant loss and possible engine
damage from overheating. Be sure
the arrows on the cap line up with
the overflow tube on the radiato
filler neck.
When you replace your radiator pressure
cap, an AC* cap is recommended.
Thermostat
Engine coolant temperature is controlled
by a thermostat in the engine coolant
system. The thermostat stops the flow of
coolant through the radiator until the
coolant reaches a preset temperature.
When you replace your thermostat, an
AC@thermostat is recommended.
How to Check Power Steering Fluid:
Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick
with a clean rag. Replace the cap and
completely tighten it. Then remove the
cap again and look at the fluid level on
the dipstick.
Service & Appearance Care
1
Windshield Washer Fluid
When the engine compartment is hot, What to Add:
the level should be at the MAX mark. Refer to the Maintenlance Schedule to
When the engine compartment is cool, determine what kind of fluid to use. See
the level should be at the MIN mark. “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants”
in the Index.
When adding power steering fluid
or making a complete fluid
change, always use the prope:
fluid. Failure to use the proper
fluid can cause leaks and damage
hoses and seals.
244
To Add:
Open the cap with the washer symbol on
it. Add washer fluid until the bottle is
full.
x
NO TIC€
When using concentrated wash
fluid, follow the manufacturer‘
instructions for adding water.
Don’t mix water with
ready-to-use washer fluid. Water
can cause the solution to freeze
and damage your washer fluid
tank and other parts of the
washer system. Also, water
doesn’t clean as well as washer
fluid.
Fill your I. -;her fl--- tank onl.
314 full when it’s very cold.
’his allows for expansion.
it is completely full.
Brake Master Cylinder
Your brake master cylinder is here. It is
filled with DOT-3 brake fluid.
There are only two reasons why the
brake fluid level in your master cylinder
might go down. The first is that the
brake fluid goes down to an acceptable
level during normal brake lining wear.
When new linings are put in, the fluid
goes back up. The other reason is that
fluid is leaking out of the brake system.
If it is, you should have your brake
system fixed, since a leak means that
sooner or later your brakes won’t work
well, or won’t work at all.
So, it isn’t a good idea to “top ofr ’
your brake fluid. Adding brake fluid
won’t correct a leak. If you add fluid
when your linings are worn, then you’ll
have too much fluid when you get new
brake linings. You should add (or
remove) brake fluid, as necessary, only
when work is done on the brake
hydraulic system.
245
-
Service & Appearance Care
1
C A U TlON
A
If you have too much brake
fluid, it canspillon the
L,,E;ine. The fluid will burn if the
engine is hot enough. You or
others could be burned, and your
vehicle could be damaged. Add
brake fluid only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic
system.
L
RLefer to the Maintenance Schedule to
determine when to check your brake
flhid. See ‘‘Periodic Maintenance
I1Ispections” in the Index.
’
To Check Brake Fluid:
You can check the brake fluid without
taking off the cap. Just look at the
windows on the brake fluid reservoir.
The fluid levels should be above MIN.
If they aren’t, have your brake system
checked to see if there is a leak.
After work is done on the the brake
hydraulic system make sure the levels
are above MIN and below the top of
each window.
What to Add:
When you do need brake fluid, use
only DOT-3 brake fluid - such as
Delco-Supreme II@ (GM Part No.
1052535). Use new brake fluid from a
sealed container only.
I
I
DOT-5 silicone brake fluid can
damage your llehicle. Don’t use
it.
D0n.t
so1
: put In tf
wrong mnd 01 k d . For
example, just a few drops
mineral-based oil, such as
engine oil, in your brake systt
can damage brake system part
so badly that they’ll have to b
replaced.
Brake
fluid
I
Ige paint,
be careful not to spill
fluid on your vehicle
Battery
Replacing Brake System Parts
The braking system on a modern vehicle
is complex. Its many parts have to be of
top quality and work well together if the
vehicle is to have really good braking.
Vehicles we design and test have
top-quality GM brake parts in them, as
your Geo does when it is new. When
you replace parts of your braking system
- for example, when your brake linings
wear down and you have to have new
ones put in - be sure you get new
genuine GM replacement parts. If you
don’t, your brakes may no longer work
properly. For example, if someone puts
in brake linings that are wrong for your
vehicle, the balance between your front
and rear brakes can change, for the
worse. The braking performance you’ve
come to expect can change in many
other ways if someone puts in the wrong
replacement brake parts.
Every new Geo has a Delco Freedom@
battery. You never have to add water to
one of these. When it’s time for a new
battery, we recommend a Delco
Freedom@battery. Get one that has the
catalog number shown on the original
battery’s label.
Vehicle Storage
If you’re not going to drive your vehicle
for 25 days or more, take off the black,
negative (-) cable from the battery.
This will help keep your battery from
running down.
Service & Appearance Care
I-I A
~
I-. ‘
hdrm
.
LUU 1 l U I V
rn Bulb Replacement
Batterieshaveacidthat
can
burn you and gas that can
explode. You can be badly hurt if
you aren’t careful. See “Jump
Starting” in the Index for tips on
working around a battery without
getting hurt.
See “Replacement Bulbs” in the Index
to check the size and type of bulb you
need to use.
Halogen Bulbs
L
Contact your dealer to learn how to
prepare your vehicle for longer storage
periods.
Halogen bulbs have
pressurized gas inside and can
uurst if you drop or scratch the
bulb. You or others could be
injured. Take special care when
handling and disposing of halogen
bulbs.
Headlights
To replace the headlight bulb:
1. Open the hood.
2. Press down on the tab and pull
rearward, while holding the headlight
wiring harness, to disconnect it from
the bulb.
3. Turn the lock ring to the left to
release the bulb.
4. Puli the lock ring and the headlight
bulb straight out. Save the lock ring
and use with the new bulb.
5. Reverse the steps with a new bulb.
Front Parking and Turn Signal Lights
To replace the parking and turn signal
bulb:
1 Open the hood.
2. Turn thebulb socket to the left and
pull it out of light housing.
.
I
Service & Appearance Care
,
i
3. Push the bulb in, turn it to the left
and pull it out.
4. Reverse the steps with a new bulb.
Sidemarker Lights
To replace the sidemarker bulb:
1. Push the sidemarker housing toward
the back of the vehicle and pull out
the front edge. The housing should
pull away from the vehicle.
2. Turn the socket to the left and pull it
out of the housing.
3. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
4. Reverse the steps with a new bulb.
Rear Sidemarker Lights
To replace the rear sidemarker bulb:
1. Remove the screw (hardtop only).
2. Pull the sidemarker light housing out
at the front edge.
3. Turn the socket to the left and pull it
out.
4. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
5. Reverse the steps with a new bulb.
i
--
Rear Combination Lights
To remove the rear combination bulbs:
1. Remove the two screws from the
combination lights.
2. Pull the combination light out far
enough to reach the bulb socket.
3. Turn the socket to the left and pull it
out.
4. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
5. Reverse the steps with a new bulb.
251
-
Service & Appearance Care
Loading Your Vehicle
Two labels on your vehicle show how
much weight it may properly carry. The
Tire-Loading Information label found on
the driver’s door lock pillar tells you the
proper size, speed rating and
recommended inflation pressures for the
tires on your vehicle. It also gives you
important information about the number
of people that can be in your vehicle and
the total weight that you can carry. This
weight is called the Vehicle Capacity
Weight and includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo, and all
nonfactory-installed options.
The other label is the Certification label,
found on the rear edge of the driver’s
door. It tells you the gross weight
capacity of your vehicle, called the
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating).
The GVWR includes the weight of the
vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo.
Never exceed the GVWR for your
vehicle, or the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR) for either the front or
rear axle.
And, if you do have a heavy load, you
should spread it out. Don’t carry more
than 900 pounds (408 kilograms) in your
rear area.
1
CAUTION
1
Do not load your vehicle any
heavier than the GVWR or
the maximum front and rear
GAWRs. If you do, parts on you]
vehicle can break, or it can chang
the way your vehicle handles.
These could cause you to lose
control. Also, overloading can
shorten the life of your vehicle.
1
I
I
NOTICE
Your warranty does not cover
parts or components that fail
because of overloading.
If you put things inside your vehicle like suitcases, tools, packages, or
anything else - they will go as fast as
the vehicle goes. If you have to stop or
turn quickly, or if there is a crash,
they’ll keep going.
Tires
Things you put inside your
vehicle can strike and injure
people in a sudden stop or turn, or
in a crash.
Put things in the rear area of
your vehicle. Try to spread the
weight evenly.
* Never stack heavier things, like
suitcases, inside the vehicle so
that some of them are above the
tops of the seats.
* When you carry something
inside the vehicle, secure it
whenever you can.
9 Don’t have a seat folded down
unless you need to.
We don’t make tires. Your new vehicle
comes with high quality tires made by a
leading tire manufacturer. These tires
are warranted by the tire manufacturers
and their warranties are delivered with
every new Geo. If your spare tire is a
different brand than your road tires, you
will have a tire warranty folder from
each of these manufacturers.
253
9
9
.
Service & Appearance Care
Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous.
9 Overloading your tires can cause overheating as a result of too much
friction. You could have an air-out and a serious accident. See “Loading
Your Vehicle” in the Index.
Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires. The
resulting accident could cause serious injury. Check all tires frequently to
maintain the recommended pressure. Tire pressure should be checked
when the tires are cold.
Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut, punctured, or broken by a
sudden impact, such as when you hit a pothole. Keep tires at the
recommended pressure.
Worn, old tires can cause accidents. If your tread is badly worn, or if
your tires have been damaged, replace them.
Don’t drive over 85 mph (135 kmh)even if it’s legal, unless you have
the correct high speed rated tires.
A
*
9
254
Inflation - Tire Pressure
The Tire-Loading Information label
which is on the driver’s door lock pillar
shows the correct inflation pressures for
your tires, when they’re cold. “Cold”
means your vehicle has been sitting for
at least three hours or driven no more
than a mile.
NO TIC€
I
Don’t let anyone tell you that
underinflation or overinflation is
If your tires have too rnllrh
(overinflation), y
Unusual wear
Bad handling
air
When to Check: Check your tires once
a month or more.
How to Check: Use a good quality
pocket-type gage to check tire pressure.
Simply looking at the tires will not tell
you the pressure, especially if you have
radial tires - which may look properly
inflated even if they’re underinflated.
If your tires have valve caps, be sure to
put them back on. They help prevent
leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture.
Tire Inspection and Rotation
To make your tires last longer, have
them inspected and rotated at the
mileages recommended in your
Maintenance Schedule. See “Scheduled
Maintenance Services” in the Index.
Use this rotation pattern.
255
--
Service & Appearance Care
If your spare wheel does not match your
other wheels, you may want to use this
pattern.
After the tires have been rotated, adjust
the front and rear inflation pressure as
shown on the Tire-Loading Information
label. Make certain that all wheel nuts
are properly tightened. See “Wheel Nut
Torque’’ in the Index.
I
C A U TION
When It’s Time for New Tires
One way to tell when it’s time for new
A
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on
the parts to which it is
fastened, can make the wheel nuts
become loose after a time. The
wheel could come off and cause an
accident. When you change a
wheel, remove any rust or dirt
from places where the wheel
attaches to the vehicle. In an
emergency, you can use a cloth or
paper towel to do this; but be sure
to use a scraper or wire brush
later, if you need to, to get all the
rust or dirt off. (See “Changing a
Flat Tire” in the Index.)
tires is to check the treadwear
indicators, which will appear when your
tires have only 2/32 inch (1.6 mm) or
less of tread remaining.
You need a new tire if
You can see the indicators at three
places around the tire.
You can see cord or fabric showing
through the tire’s rubber.
The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut
or snagged deep enough to show cord
or fabric.
I
-
256
that same TPC Spec number. That way,
your vehicle will continue to have tires
that are designed to give proper
endurance, handling, speed rating,
traction, ride and other things during
normal service on your vehicle. If your
Buying New Tires
tires have an all-season tread design, the
TPC number will be followed by a
To find out what kind and size of tires
“MS” (for mud and snow).
you need, look at the Tire-Loading
Information label. The tires installed on If you ever replace your tires with those
your vehicle when it was new had a Tire not having a TPC Spec number, make
Performance Criteria Specification (TPC sure they are the same size, load range,
Spec) number on each tire’s sidewall.
speed rating and construction type (bias,
When you get new tires, get ones with
bias-belted or radial) as your original
tires.
The tire has a bump, bulge or split.
The tire has a puncture, cut, or other
damage that can’t be repaired well
because of the size or location of the
damage.
-
Mixing tires could cause you
to lose control while driving.
I€you mix tires of different sizes
or types (radial and bias-belted
tires), the vehicle may not handle
properly, and you could have a
crash. Be sure to use the same size
and type tires on a l l four wheels.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
The following information relates to the
system developed by the United States
National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration which grades tires by
treadwear, traction and temperature
Service & Appearance Care
performance. (This applies only to
vehicles sold in the United States.)
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative
rating based on the wear rate of the tire
when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would
wear one and a half (1 1/2) times as
well on the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative performance of
tires depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may depart
significantly from the norm due to
variations in driving habits, service
practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
258
Traction - A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest are: A, B, and C. They represent
the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled conditions
on specified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C
may have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned to
this tire is based on braking
(straight-ahead) traction tests and does
not include cornering (turning) traction.
Temperature - A, B, C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B, and C, representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of heat
and its ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled conditions on a
specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate and
reduce tire life, and excessive
temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a
level of performance which all passenger
car tires must meet under the Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher levels
of performance on the laboratory test
wheel than the minimum required by
law.
Warning: The temperature grade for this
tire is established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not overloaded.
Excessive speed, underinflation, or
excessive loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat buildup and
possible tire failure.
Those grades are molded on the
sidewalls of passenger car tires.
While the tires available as standard or
optional equipment on General Motors
vehicles may vary with respect to these
grades, all such tires meet General
Motors performance standards and have
been approved for use on General
Motors vehicles. All passenger type
(P metric) tires must conform to Federal
safety requirements in addition to these
grades.
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to have
your wheels aligned again. However, if
you notice unusual tire wear or your
vehicle pulling one way or the other, the
alignment may need to be reset. If you
notice your vehicle vibrating when
driving on a smooth road, your wheels
may need to be rebalanced.
Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked
or badly rusted. If wheel nuts keep
coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts,
and wheel nuts should be replaced. If
the wheel leaks air out, replace it
(except some aluminum wheels, which
can sometimes be repaired). See your
Geo dealer if any of these conditions
exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of wheel
you need.
If you need to replace any of your
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel nuts,
replace them only with new GM original
equipment parts. This way, you will be
sure to have the right wheel, wheel
bolts, and wheel nuts for your Tracker.
Service & Appearance Care
NOTlCE
nuts on your vehicle can be
dangerous. It could affect the
braking and handling of your
vehicle, make your tires lose air
and make you lose control. You
could have a collision in which
you or others could be injured.
Always use the correct wheel,
wheel bolts, and wheel nuts for
replacement.
=
260
The wrong wheel can also cause
problems with bearing life, brakc
cooling, speedometer/odometer
calibration, headlight aim, bump
height, vehicle ground cleara
and tire or tire chain clearance tc
the body and chassis
Used Replacement Wheels
I
Ab
Putting a used wheel on your
vehicle is dangerous. You
can’t know how it’s been used or
how many miles it’s been driven.
It could fail suddenly and cause an
accident. If you have to replace a
wheel, use a new GM original
equipment wheel.
NOTICE
Appearance
Care
Pleaning products can behazardous.Some are toxic. Others can burst
flame if you strike a match or get them on a hot part of the vehicle.
ome are dangerous if you breathe their fumes in a closed space. When you
use anything in a container to clean your Geo, be sure to follow the
instructions. And always open your doors or windows when you're cleaning
the inside.
Never use these to clean your vehicle:
Gasoline
Carbon Tetrachloride
Turpentine
Benzene
Acetone
Thinner
Lacquer
Naphtha
Paint Thinner
Polish
Nail
Remover
They can all be hazardous - some more than others - and they can all
damage your vehicle, too.
- ,,,,o
~
I
I -
Service & Appearance Care
NO TIC€
Don't use any of these unless thi
manual says you can. In monv
uses, thev will damage vnl
vehiclc
Laundrv Soan
Blec-'Reauc:
gents
262
Cleaning the lnside of Your Geo
Use a vacuum cleaner often to get rid of
dust and loose dirt. Wipe vinyl with a
clean, damp cloth.
Your Geo dealer has two GM cleaners
- a solvent-type spot lifter and a
Foam-type powdered cleaner. They will
:lean normal spots and stains very well.
Here are some cleaning tips:
Always read the instructions on the
cleaner label.
Clean up stains as soon as you can before they set.
Use a clean cloth or sponge, and
change to a clean area often. A soft
brush may be used if stains are
stubborn.
Use solvent-type cleaners in a well
ventilated area only. If you use them,
don't saturate the stained area.
If a ring forms after spot cleaning,
clean the entire area immediately or it
will set.
Using Foam-Type Cleaner on Fabric
Vacuum and brush the area to remove
any loose dirt.
Always clean a whole trim panel or
section. Mask surrounding trim along
stitch or welt lines.
Mix Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner
following the directions on the
container label.
Use suds only and apply with clean
sponge.
Don’t saturate the material.
Don’t rub it roughly.
As soon as you’ve cleaned the
section, use a sponge to remove the
suds.
Rinse the section with a clean, wet
sponge.
Wipe off what’s left with a slightly
damp paper towel or cloth.
Then dry it immediately with an air
hose, a hair dryer or a heat lamp.
Be careful with a nalr aryer or
heat lamp. You could scorch thl
Using Solvent-Type Cleaner on Fabric
First, see if you have to use solvent-type
cleaner at all. Some spots and stains will
clean off better with just water and mild
soap.
If you need to use it, then:
Gently scrape excess soil from the
trim material with a clean, dull knife
or scraper. Use very little cleaner,
light pressure and clean cloths
Wipe with a clean cloth.
263
--
Service & Appearance Care
(preferably cheesecloth). Cleaning
should start at the outside of the stain,
“feathering” toward the center. Keep
changing to a clean section of the
cloth.
When you clean a stain from fabric,
immediately dry the area with an air
hose, hair dryer, or heat lamp to help
prevent a cleaning ring. (See previous
NOTICE .)
I
.
.
264
Fabric Protection
Your Geo has upholstery that has been
treated with Scotchgard’” Fabric
Protector, a 3M product. Scotchgard“
protects fabrics by repelling oil and
water, which are the carriers of most
stains. Even with this protection, you
still need to clean your upholstery often
to keep it looking new.
Further information on cleaning is
available on 1-800-433-3296 (in
Minnesota, 1-800-642-6167).
Special Cleaning Problems
Greasy or Oily Stains: Like grease, oil,
butter, margarine, shoe polish, coffee
with cream, chewing gum, cosmetic
creams, vegetable oils, wax crayon, tar
and asphalt.
Carefully scrape off excess stain.
Then follow the solvent-type
instructions above.
Shoe polish, wax crayons, tar and
asphalt will stain if left on a vehicle
seat fabric. They should be removed
as soon as possible. Be careful,
because the cleaner will dissolve them
and may cause them to bleed.
I
Non-Greasy Stains: Like catsup, coffee Combination Stains: Like candy, ice
(black), egg, fruit, fruit juice, milk, soft cream, mayonnaise, chili sauce and
unknown stains.
drinks, wine, vomit, urine and blood.
Carefully scrape off excess stain, then
Carefully scrape off excess stain, then
clean with cool water and allow to
sponge the soiled area with cool
dry.
water.
If a stain remains, clean it with
If a stain remains, follow the
solvent-type cleaner.
foam-type instructions above.
If an odor lingers after cleaning vomit
or urine, treat the area with a
watedbaking soda solution: 1
teaspoon (5 ml) of baking soda to 1
cup (250 ml) of lukewarm water.
Finally, if needed, clean lightly with
solvent-type cleaner.
Cleaning Vinyl or Leather
Just use warm water and a clean cloth.
Rub with a clean, damp cloth to
remove dirt. You may have to do it
more than once.
Things like tar, asphalt and shoe
polish will stain if you don’t get them
off quickly. Use a clean cloth and
solvent-type vinyl/leather cleaner.
Service & Appearance Care
Cleaning the Top of the Instrument
Panel
Use only mild soap and water to clean
the top surfaces of the instrument panel.
Sprays containing silicones or waxes
may cause annoying reflections in the
windshield and even make it difficult to
see through the windshield under certain
conditions.
Care of Safety Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.
CAUTIVN
Do not bleach or dye safety
belts. If you do, it may
severely weaken them. In a crash
they might not be able to provide
adequate protection. Clean safety
belts only with mild soap and
lukewarm water.
Glass
Glass should be cleaned often. GM
Glass Cleaner (GM Part No. 1050427)
or a liquid household glass cleaner will
remove normal tobacco smoke and dust
films.
Don’t use abrasive cleaners on glass,
because they may cause scratches.
Avoid placing decals on the inside rear
window, since they may have to be
scraped off later. If abrasive cleaners
are used on the inside of the rear
window, an electric defogger element
may be damaged. Any temporary license
should not be attached across the
defogger grid.
Cleaning the Outside of the
Windshield and Wiper Blades
If your windshield is not clear after
using the windshield washer, or if the
wiper blade chatters when running, wax
or other material may be on the blade or
windshield.
Clean the windshield with GM
Windshield Cleaner Bon-Ami Powder@
(GM Part No. 1050011). The windshield
is clean if beads do not form when you
rinse it with water.
Clean the blade by wiping vigorously
with a cloth soaked in full strength
windshield washer solvent. Then rinse
the blade with water.
Wiper blades should be checked on a
regular basis and replaced when worn.
Cleaning the Outside of Your
Geo
The paint finish on your vehicle
provides beauty, depth of color, gloss
retention and durability.
Washing Your Vehicle
The best way to preserve your vehicle’s
finish is to keep it clean by washing it
often with lukewarm or cold water.
Don’t wash your vehicle in the direct
rays of the sun. Don’t use strong soaps
or chemical detergents. Use liquid hand,
dish or car washing (non-detergent)
soaps. Don’t use cleaning agents that
contain acid or abrasives. All cleaning
agents should be flushed promptly and
not allowed to dry on the surface, or
they could stain. Dry the finish with a
soft, clean chamois or a 100% cotton
towel to avoid surface scratches and
water spotting.
High pressure car washes may cause
water to enter your vehicle.
Finish Care
Occasional waxing or mild polishing of
your Geo may be necessary to remove
residue from the paint finish. You can
get GM approved cleaning products
from your dealer. (See “Appearance
Care and Materials” in the Index.)
Your Geo has a “basecoat/clearcoat”
paint finish. The clearcoat gives more
depth and gloss to the colored basecoat.
267
=
-
Service & Appearance Care
Machine compounding or
aggressive polishing on a
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish IT
dull tl
sh or lea sw’ ’
marks
Special Care for Canvas Top
To protect the canvas top:
After you wash the vehicle, make
sure the top is completely dry before
you open or remove it.
Don’t get any vinyl cleaner on the
vehicle’s painted finish; it could leave
streaks.
268
Don’t go through automatic car
washes; the canvas top could be
damaged.
The plastic windows are pliable and can
be scratched if you don’t take these
precautions when you clean them:
Wipe off dust with a soft cotton cloth
moistened with clean, cool or
lukewarm water. Don’t use a “dry”
cloth. Wipe in one direction only, not
back and forth.
To remove frost, snow or ice, use
lukewarm water. Don’t use a scraper
or any de-icing fluids.
Wash the windows with a soft cloth
and clean, cool or lukewarm water.
Never use a dry cloth, hot water,
strong soap or detergent, solvents or
harsh cleaning agents. Rinse
thoroughly and wipe with a slightly
moist soft, clean cloth.
Don’t put any labels, stickers or tape
on windows. It’s hard to remove
adhesives left on the window when
such items are removed. If a sticker
or label must be removed, remove
any adhesive left on the window while
the adhesive is still soft and sticky.
Press on a new sticker or piece of
tape and then lift it off again; keep
doing this until all the adhesive lifts
off with the sticker or tape.
Aluminum Wheels
If your Geo has these, don’t use chrome
polish on them. Use wax after you clean
them. Also, don’t use abrasive cleaners
or cleaning brushes on them - you
could damage the protective coating.
Weatherstrips
These are places where glass or metal
meets rubber. Silicone grease there will
make them last longer, seal better, and
not squeak. Apply silicone grease with a
clean cloth at least every six months.
If you have aluminum wheels,
don’t use an automatic car wa:
that has hard silicon carbide
cleaning brushes. These brushes
can take off the protective coatinl
Sheet Metal Damage
If your vehicle is damaged and requires
sheet metal repair or replacement, make
sure the body repair shop applies
anti-corrosion material to the parts
repaired or replaced to restore corrosion
protection.
Foreign Material
Calcium chloride and other salts, ice
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
industrial chimneys, and other foreign
matter can damage your vehicle’s finish
if they remain on painted surfaces. Use
cleaners that are marked safe for painted
surfaces for these stains.
269
Service & Appearance Care
Finish Damage
Any stone chips, fractures or deep
scratches in the finish should be repaired
right away. Bare metal will corrode
quickly and may develop into a major
repair expense.
Minor chips and scratches can be
repaired with touch-up materials
available from your dealer or other
service outlets. Larger areas of finish
damage can be corrected in your
dealer’s body and paint shop.
Underbody Maintenance
Chemicals used for ice and snow
removal and dust control can collect on
the underbody. If these are not removed,
accelerated corrosion (rust) can occur on
the underbody parts such as fuel lines,
frame, floor pan, and exhaust system
even though they have corrosion
protection.
At least every spring, flush these
materials from the underbody with plain
water. Clean any areas where mud and
other debris can collect. Dirt packed in
closed areas of the frame should be
loosened before being flushed. Your
dealer or an underbody vehicle washing
system can do this for you.
Chemical Paint Spotting
Some weather and atmospheric
conditions can create a chemical fallout.
Airborne pollutants can fall upon and
attack painted surfaces on your vehicle.
This damage can take two forms:
blotchy, ringlet-shaped discolorations,
and small irregular dark spots etched
into the paint surface.
Although no defect in the paint job
causes this, Geo will repair, at no
charge to the owner, the surfaces of new
vehicles damaged by this fallout
condition within 12 months or 12,000
miles (20 OOO km) of purchase,
whichever comes first.
rn Appearance Careand Maintenance Materials
'Not recommended forpigskin suede leather.
See your General Motors Dealers for these products. See your Maintenance Schedule for other products.
271
Service & Appearance Care
I
rn Vehicle Identification
Number
This is the legal identifier for your Geo.
It appears on a plate in the front corner
of the instrument panel, on the driver’s
side, You can see it if you look through
the windshield from outside your
vehicle. The VIN also appears on the
Vehicle Certification and Service Parts
labels and the certificates of title and
registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in your VIN is the
engine code for your 1993 GM engine.
This code will help you identify your
engine, specifications, and replacement
parts in this section.
=
9
272
Pads
Identification Lube1
IService
You’ll find this label inside the glove
box on the door. It’s very helpful if you
ever need to order parts. On this label
is:
Your VIN.
Its model designation.
A list of all production options and
special equipment.
Be sure that this label is not removed
from the vehicle.
rn Add-on Electrical
Equipment
Don’t add anything electrical to
your Geo unless you check with
your dealer first. Some electrica
equipment can damage you
vehicle and the damage woulan.1
be covered by your warranty.
Some of san just keep other
things frc wnrkinp as thev
should.
;+
1
I Fuses and Circuit
Breakers
The wiring circuits in your car are
protected from short circuits by fuses,
circuit breakers or a thermal link in the
wiring itself. This greatly reduces the
chance of fires caused by electrical
problems.
The main fuse box in your engine
compartment on the right side. It
protects all electrical loads.
For access to the main fuses, pull off
cover. A spare fuse is also inside the
fuse box.
Another fuse box is under the left side
of the instrument panel. The fuses here
protect each separate circuit including
headlights. If you have electrical failure,
check here first.
Service & Appearance Care
b.
. ,./ .
,
s
Y
Look at the silver-colored band inside
the fuse. If the band is broken or
melted, replace the fuse. Be sure you
replace a bad fuse with a new one of the
correct size.
If you ever have a problem on the road
and don't have a spare fuse, you can
borrow one. Just pick some feature of
your car that you can get along without
- like the radio or cigarette lighter and use its fuse, if it is the size you
need. Replace it as soon as you can.
Before replacing a fuse turn every
vehicle electrical switch off.
... 274
Main Fuse Block
1- Generator to Battery Circuit (60A)
2- Circuits Only Active When Ignition Switch is in ACC, ON or START
(50A)
3- Circuits Always Active (40A)
4- Circuits Always Active (30A)
[ Instrument Panel Fuse Block
1-Right Headlight (15A)
2- Left Headlight; High Beam Indicator Light (1 5A)
3-Taillights; Interior Light; Sidemarker Lights; Instrument Cluster Lights (15A)
4-Stop Lights; Horn (15A)
5- Hazard Lights (15A)
6-Door Lock (Option) (20A)
7- Lighter; Radio (20A)
8-Ignition System; Warning and Indicator Lights (15A)
9-Turn Signal Lights; Back-up Lights (15A)
10- Wiperwasher (1SA)
11-Rear Defogger (15A)
12-Heater (25A)
13-Rear Wheel Anti-Lock Main Relay (20A)
14-Electronic Fuel Injection Main Relay (15A)
Service & Appearance Care
IReplacement Bulbs
Back-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1156
Dome ............................................................. 9605 1559
Front Parking and Turn Signal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1157 NA
Headlight (Halogen) ..................................................... 9004
Heater or Air Conditioning Control .................................... 96052599
Indicator and Warning
Brake ............................................................ 9433184
Charging System ................................................... 9433184
Check Engine ..................................................... 9433 184
9433184
Engineoil Pressure ................................................
4WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9433184
.
Headlight HighBeam ............................................... 9433184
Safety Belt ........................................................
9433184
TurnSignal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9433184
Instrument Cluster.................................................... 9605 156
194
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9433184
Rear Defogger Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96061736
Rear Hazard and Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1156
Rear Parking andstop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1157
Rear Wiper/Washer Switch ........................................... 9606 1736
. . . . . . . . 194
Sidemarker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
276
9
-
Capacities and Specifictu?ons
Engine
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L 4
Compression Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.9: 1
Firing Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l-3-4-2
Fuel Delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fuel Injection
Piston Displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 CID (1.6L)
Valve Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .In-Head “V” Type
AC Belt Tension. . . . .Deflect Belt 0.31-0.47 in. (8-12 mm) @ 22 Ibs. (10 kg.) Pressure
Fan Belt Tension . . . . .Deflect Belt 0.20-0.32 in. (5-8 mm) @ 22 Ibs. (10 kg.) Pressure
Thermostat Temperature Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180”F (82°C)
Replacement Parts
Air Cleaner Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96057994
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6 - 6 0 s
Engineoil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96062415
Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AC TypeGE571
PCVValve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 6 0 5 8 0 7 9
Radiator Pressure Cap . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 psi
Spark Plug. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R43XLS (0.028”- 0.032” Gap)
277
9
Service & Appearance Care
Capacities (Approximate)
and
I
The following approximate capacities are given in U.S. and metric conversions.
Air Conditioning?. .................See the refrigerant information label under hood.
Automatic Transmission
............................................. .3.0 qt. (2.8 L)**
Drain
Overhaul ................................................... .4.9qt. (4.6L)
Cooling System
S . 5 qt. (5.2 L)
Automatic Transmission. ......................................
Manual Transmission. ........................................
S.6 qt. (5.3 L)
Crankcase
With Filter Change. ..........................................
.4.5qt. (4.2 L)*
Without Filter Change ........................................
.4.2 qt. (4.0L)*
Front Differential
............................................... 1 .1 qt. (1 .O L)
FuelT
ank....................................................llgal.(42.0L)
Manual Transmission. ..........................................
Rear Differential. ..............................................
Transfer Case ..................................................
Nut
Wheel Nuts
Wheel
Torque
.........................................
.1.6 qt. (1.5 L)**
.2.3 qt. (2.2 L)
1 .8 qt. (1.7 L)
.60 lb. ft. (80 N-m)
? Not all air conditioning refrigerants are the same. If the air conditioning system in
your vehicle needs refrigerant, be sure the proper refrigerant is used. If you’re not
sure, ask your Geo dealer.
*.When changing the oil filter, additional oil may be needed. Recheck the oil level
after filling. See “Engine Oil” in the Index.
** Recheck fluid level after filling. See “Automatic Transmission Fluid” or “Manual
Transmission Fluid” in the Index.
278
9
Vehicle Dimensions
Wheelbase. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.86.6“ (2 200 mm)
Tread
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4 . 9 ”(1 395 mm)
Rear, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55. I ” (1 400 mm)
Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5”
. . . . (3
1 4620mm)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Width.
.64.2“ (1 630 mm)
Height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.65” (1 651 mm)
279
Notes
Part 7
Maintenance Schedule
IMPORTANT:
KEEP ENGINE OIL
AT THE PROPER
LEVEL AND CHANGE AS
RECOMMENDED
Section
Introduction: A Word about Maintenance
........................... 282
............................ 282
Your Vehicle and the Environment
283
How This Part Is Organized .................................
A Scheduled Maintenance Services............................... 285
Using Your Maintenance Schedules ........................... 285
................................. 285
Selecting the Right Schedule
286
Schedule1................................................
Schedule11 ............................................... 288
Explanation of Scheduled MaintenanceServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290
Other Emission Related MaintenanceService . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295
Other Non-Emission Related MaintenanceService . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
B OwnerChecksandServices ................................... 298
At Each
..........................................
AtLeastOnceaMonth ..................................... 299
At Least Twicea Year ...................................... 299
At Least Once a Year .......................................
300
C Periodic Maintenance Inspections.............................. 303
D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants........................... 305
E MaintenanceRecord ......................................... 308
.
I
T h i s part covers the maintenance
. Your vehicle
required for your Geo
needs these services to retain its
298
Fill and emission
Fuel
safety. dependability
control performance.
.
...
u
1
.
Protection
Plan
I
L
Have you purchased the
GM Protection Plan? 7he Plan
supplements your new
car warranties.
See your GM dealerfor details.
281
9
9
Maintenance Schedule
Introduction: A Word about Maintenance
Your Vehicle and the Envitvnment
We at General Motors want to help you keep your vehicle in
good working condition. But we don’t know exactly how
you’ll drive it. You may drive very short distances only a
few times a week. Or you may drive long distances all the
time in very hot, dusty weather. You may use your vehicle
in making deliveries. Or you may drive it to work, to do
errands, or in many other ways.
Because of all the different ways people use their GM
vehicles, maintenance needs vary. You may even need more
frequent checks and replacements than you will find in the
schedules in this part. So please read this part and note how
you drive. If you have any questions on how to keep your
vehicle in good condition, see your Geo dealer, the place
many GM owners choose to have their maintenance work
done. Your dealer can be relied upon to use proper parts
and practices.
9
282
Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps keep your vehicle
in good working condition, but it also helps the
environment. All recommended maintenance procedures are
important. Improper vehicle maintenance or the removal of
important components can significantly affect the quality of
the air we breathe. Improper fluid levels or even the wrong
tire inflation can increase the level of emissions from your
vehicle. To help protect our environment, and to help keep
your vehicle in good condition, please maintain your vehicle
properly.
1 How This Part 1s Organized
I The remainder of this part is divided into five sections:
“Section A: Scheduled Maintenance Services” shows what
to have done, and how often. Some of these services can be
complex, so unless you are technically qualified and have
the necessary equipment, you should let your dealer’s
service department or another qualified service center do
these jobs.
I-
CAUTION
6
Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be
dangerous. In trying to do some jobs, youcanbe
seriously injured. Do your own maintenance work only
if you have the required know-how and the proper
tools and equipment for the job. If you have any
doubt, have a qualified technician do the work.
-
I
If you are skilled enough to do some work on your vehicle,
you will probably want to get the service information GM
publishes. You will find a list of publications and how to get
them in this manual. See “Service Publications” in the
Index.
“Section B: Owner Checks and Services” tells you what
should be checked whenever you stop for fuel. It also
explains what you can easily do to help keep your vehicle in
good condition.
I
283
9
Maintenance Schedule
Introduction: A Word about Maintenance (Cont.)
“Section C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections” explains
important inspections that your Geo dealer’s service
department or another qualified service center should
perform.
“Section D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” lists
some products GM recommends to help keep your vehicle
properly maintained. These products, or their equivalents,
should be used whether you do the work yourself or have it
done.
. . . 284
“Section E: Maintenance Record” provides a place for you
to record the maintenance performed on your vehicle.
Whenever any maintenance is performed, be sure to write it
down in this section. This will help you determine when
your next maintenance should be done. In addition, it is a
good idea to keep your maintenance receipts. They may be
needed to qualify your vehicle for warranty repairs.
Maintenance Schedule
Section A: Scheduled Maintenance Services
Using Your Maintenance Schedules
Selecting the RiQht Schedule
This section tells you the maintenance services you should
have done and when you should schedule them. Your Geo
dealer knows your vehicle best and wants you to be happy
with it. If you go to your dealer for your service needs,
you’ll know that GM-trained and supported service people
will perform the work using genuine GM parts.
These schedules are for vehicles that:
carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits.
You will find these limits on your vehicle’s Tire-Loading
Information Label. See “Loading Your Vehicle’’ in the
Index.
are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal
driving limits.
use the recommended unleaded fuel. See “Fuel” in the
Index.
First you’ll need to decide which of the two schedules is
right for your vehicle. Here’s how to decide which schedule
to follow:
Schedule I
Is any one of these true for your vehicle?
Most trips are less than 4 miles (6 km).
Most trips are less than 10 miles (16 km) and outside
temperatures are below freezing.
The engine is at low speed most of the time (as in
door-to-door delivery, or in stop-and-go traffic).
You operate your vehicle in dusty areas.
You tow a trailer.
If any one (or more) of these is true for your driving, follow
Schedule I.
Schedule I1
Follow Schedule I1 only if none of the above conditions is
true.
285
=
Maintenance Schedule
Section A: Scheduled Maintenance Services (Cont.)
Schedule I
WHAT TO SERVICE
Follow Schedule I if your vehicle is
ITEM See "Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance
MAINLY driven under one or more of NO.
Services "following Schedules t and It.
the following conditions:
When most trips are less than 4 miles
(6 km).
2
When most trips are less than 10 miles
(16 km) and outside temperatures
remain below freezing.
4
When most trips include extended
idling and/or frequent low-speed
operation, as in stop-and-go traffic.
When towing a trailer.
When operating in dusty areas.
PCV Valve
Replacement*
I
Schedule I should also be followed if
the vehicle is used for delivery service,
police, taxi or other commercial
applications.
WHEN TO PERFORM
Miles (kilometers) or Months
(whichever occursfirst).
Every 50,000 Miles (83 OOO km).
I
*An Emission Control Service.
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
has determined that the failure to perform
this maintenance item will not nullify the
emission warranty or limit recall liability
prior to the completion of vehicle useful life.
General Motors, however, urges that all
recommended maintenance services be
performed at the indicated intervals and the
maintenance be recorded in "Section E:
Maintenance Record. ' '
*
... 286
~
14
ECM & Associated
Sensors Insmtion*
I
Every 100,OOO Miles (166 OOO h).
Power
Steering
System
Inspection
I
Every 7,500 Miles (12 500 km) or 7.5 Months.
16
18
The services shown in this schedule up to 60,OOO miles ( 1 0 0 OOO km) should be
performed after 60,OOO miles ( 1 0 0 OOO k m ) at the same intervals,
MILES (0001
3 16 17.5 19 112115118121 b2.5124127130133136137.5139142145148150151 )52.51541571 60
287
...
Maintenance Schedule
Section A: Scheduled Maintenance Services (Cont.)
I
I
I
WHEN TO PERFORM
WHAT TO SERVICE
Miles (kilometers) or Months
(whichever occursfirst).
ITEM See"Explanation of ScheduledMaintenance
NO.
Services"followingSchedules I and II.
I
Schedule I/
Follow Schedule I1 ONLY if none of
the driving conditions specifiedin
Schedule I apply.
II
BAn Emission Control Service.
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
has determined that the failure to pedorm
this maintenance item will not nullify the
emission warranh, or limit recall liability
nrior to the cornthetion
of vehicle useful
life. I 12 I Oxygen
Sensor
Replacement*
I-.---- -General Motors, however, urges thaiall
recommended
ront;rnr ho
I
~
-
~
.
I
I
. . . 288
16
I
18
I PowerSteering
Emission Svstem Hoses Insaxtion*
system Inspection
I
Every 80,OOO Miles
(133
oO(
I
I Everv 60.0o0 Miles (100 oO(
I Every 7,500 Miles (12 500 km) or 7.5 Months. I I
The services shown in this schedule up to 1 0 0 , O O O miles (160 OOO km) should be
performed after 1 0 0 , O O O miles (160 OOO km) at the same intervals.
Maintenance Schedule
Section A: Scheduled Maintenance Services (Cont.)
Dplanatiun of Scheduled Maintenance Services
Below are explanations of the services listed in Schedules I
and 11.
ITEM
NO. SERVICE
1 Engine Oil and Filter Change* - Always use SG
Energy Conserving I1 Oils of proper viscosity. The
SG designation may be shown alone or in
combination with others, such as SG/CC, SG/CD,
or SF, SG, CC, etc. To determine the preferred
viscosity for your vehicle’s engine (e.g., SAE
5W-30 or 1OW-30) see “Engine Oil’’ in the Index.
2 Engine Idle Speed Check* - Check the idle speed
and adjust it to underhood label specifications.
*An Emission Control Service.
290
The proper fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Section
D. Make sure whoever services your vehicle uses these. All
parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done
before you or anyone else drives the vehicle.
ITEM
NO. SERVICE
3 CoolingSystemService* - Drain, flushandrefill
the system with new or approved recycled coolant
conforming to GM Specification 4038M. Keep
coolant at the proper mixture as specified. See
“Coolant” in the Index. This provides proper freeze
protection, corrosion inhibitor level, and engine
operating temperature.
Inspect hoses and replace if they are cracked,
swollen, or deteriorated. Tighten screw-type hose
clamps. Clean the outside of the radiator and air
conditioning condenser. Wash the pressure cap and
neck.
To help ensure proper operation, we recommend a
pressure test of both the cooling system and the
pressure cap.
ITEM
NO. SERVICE
4 Transmission(AlI)/TransferCase (Four-wheel
Drive) Service - For the manual transmission and
transfer case, check the fluid level every time the oil
is changed. See “Manual Transmission Fluid” and
“Transfer Case” in the Index. Inspect for damage
and leaks and change the fluid the first time at 7,500
miles (12 500 km) and then every 15,000 miles
(25 000 km) or 15 months for Schedule I conditions
and every 30,000 miles (50 OOO km) or 30 months
for Schedule I1 conditions.
For the automatic transmission, check the fluid level
every time the oil is changed. See “Automatic
Transmission Fluid” in the Index. Inspect for
damage and leaks and change the fluid every 15,000
miles (25 OOO km) or 15 months for Schedule I
conditions and 1 0 0 , O O O miles (166 000 km) for
ITEM
NO. SERVICE
Schedule I1 conditions. Replace the automatic
transmission cooler hoses every 45,000 miles
(75 000 km).
5 RearAxle (All) andFrontAxle (Four-wheel
Drive) Fluid Change - Drain and refill with the
proper lubricant. See “Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants” in the Index.
6 SparkPlugReplacement* - Replace spark plugs
with the proper type. See “Replacement Parts’’ in
the Index.
*An Emission Control Service.
291
Maintenance Schedule
Section A: Scheduled Maintenance Services (Cont.)
ITEM
NO. SERVICE
7 DistributorCap and SparkPlugWire
Inspection* - Inspect for burns, cracks or other
damage. Check the boot fit at the distributor and at
the spark plugs. Replace wires as needed. Operation
in extreme cold and/or on salted roads may require
more frequent replacement.
8 PositiveCrankcaseVentilation(PCV)Valve
Replacement* - Inspect valve for proper function.
Replace the valve every 50,000 miles (83 OOO km)
as well as any worn, plugged or collapsed hoses.
1
*An Emission Control Service.
ITEM
NO. SERVICE
9 ExhaustGasRecirculation(EGR)System
Inspection* - Inspect at 50,000 mile (83 OOO km)
intervals.
10 Air Cleaner Filter (PCV Filter, if Equipped)
Replacement* - Inspect at each oil change.
Replace every 30,000 miles (50 000 km) or more
often under dusty conditions. Ask your dealer for
the proper replacement intervals for your driving
conditions. If your vehicle is equipped with a
crankcase ventilation filter, replace it too.
ITEM
NO. SERVICE
11 FuelTank,CapandLinesInspection**
Inspect fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses for damage or
leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for an even filler neck
imprint or any damage at 30,000 miles (50 OOO km).
Replace parts as needed. Replace the cap and gasket
at 6 0 , O O O mile (100 OOO km) intervals.
12 OxygenSensorReplacement* - Replace at 80,000
miles (133 OOO km).
ITEM
NO. SERVICE
13 CharcoalCanisterReplacement* - Replaceat
100,OOO mile (166 OOO km) intervals.
14 EngineControlModule (ECM) andAssociated
Sensors Inspection* - Inspect at 100,OOO mile
(166 OOO km) intervals.
15 FuelInjectorInspection* - Inspectat 100,OOO
mile (166 OOO km) intervals.
*An Emission Control Service.
*The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency has determined that the failure to p e ~ o r mthis maintenance item will not nullify the emission
warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of vehicle useful life. General Motors, however, urges that all recommended
maintenance services be pe~ormedat the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded in “Section E: Maintenance Record. ”
Maintenance Schedule
Section A: Scheduled Maintenance Services (Cont.)
ITEM
NO. SERVICE
16 EmissionSystemHosesInspection* - Inspectat
60,OOO mile ( l o 0 OOO km) intervals.
17 CatalyticConverterInspection* - Inspect at
100,OOO mile (166 OOO km) intervals. At each oil
change, inspect the entire exhaust system for leaks
and loose fittings, especially if the vehicle is used
off-road.
*An Emission Control Service.
9
9
294
ITEM
NO. SERVICE
18 PowerSteeringSystemInspection - Checkthe
power steering gear box, pump and hose connections
for leaks or damage. Check the fluid level on the
dipstick. See “Power Steering Fluid” in the Index.
Check the drive belt for cracks, fraying and wear.
Check belt tension. There should be 0.24”-0.35”
(6-9 mm) deflection when you press your thumb
midway between the pulleys. Adjust or replace belt
as needed.
Other Emission Related Mainfenance Setvice
ITEM
NO. SERVICE
1 Valve Clearance Adjustment* - Inspect the valve
lash every 15,000 miles (25 000 km) and adjustif
necessary.
2 Camshaft Timing Belt Adjustment* - Inspect and
adjust if necessary at60,000 miles (100 OOO km), and
every 30,000miles (50 OOO km) thereafter.
3 Fan (Water Pump) Drive Belt Service* - Inspect
and adjustif necessary at 30,000miles (50 000 km), or
30 month intervals. Replace the belt at 60,000 miles
(100 OOO km) and 120,000 miles (200 OOO km).
ITEM
NO. SERVICE
4 WiringHarnessandConnectorsInspection*
- At
60,000miles (100 OOO km),or 60 month intervals,
inspect the underhood wiring harness for loose
connections, chafed wires and damage, especially if
used extensively for off-road driving.
5 EngineTimingCheck* - Adjust the timing to
underhood label specifications, if necessary, at
60,000mile (100 000 km) intervals.
6 FuelFilter* - Replace the fuel filter every 30,000
miles (50 OOO km), or sooner if clogged.
*An Emission Control Service.
295
9
Maintenance Schedule
Uther Nun-Emissun Related Maintenance
Service
ITEM
NO. SERVICE
1 Wheel Bearings Inspection - Inspect every
15 months, or at 15,000 mile (25 OOO km) intervals.
Inspect for wear and proper adjustment. Relubricate
the bearings if grease is contaminated.
2 Propeller Shafts and U-Joints
Inspection - Inspect for looseness and damage. Do
this every 15 months, or at 15,000 mile (25 000 k m )
intervals, or more frequently if used off-road or
pulling a trailer. Tighten U-Joint flange bolts if
necessary.
3 Clutch (Manual Transmission Only) - At each oil
change, inspect for correct free play and positive
engagement. See “Clutch Adjustment’’ in the Index.
4
TireandWheelInspection and Rotation - For
proper wear and maximum tire life, rotate your tires
at 7,500 miles (12 500 km) and then every
15O
, OO miles (25 OOO km). See “Tires, Inspection
and Rotation” in the Index. Check the tires for
uneven wear or damage. If you see irregular or
premature wear, check the wheel alignment. Check
for damaged wheels also.
While the tires and wheels are removed for rotation,
perform the brake system inspection described in
Section C.
5
6
Brakes - Tire rotations are a convenient
opportunity to inspect the braking system. See
“Brake System Inspection” in Section C.
Locking Front Hubs Inspection (If Equipped) At each oil change, inspect the locking front hubs
for correct operation. Repair or replace if necessary.
(Both hubs must operate correctly for the front axle
to power the front wheels.)
7
Steering and Suspension - At eachoil change,
inspect the steering linkage and suspension for leaks
and damage. Repair or replace damaged or worn
parts.
Maintenance Schedule
Section B: Owner Checks and Services
Listed below are owner checks and services which should be
performed at the intervals specified to help ensure the
safety, dependability and emission control performance of
your vehicle.
Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once.
Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your vehicle,
make sure they are the proper ones, as shown in Section D.
Af Each Fuel fj//(It is important for you or a service station attendant to perform these underhood checks at each
fuel fill.)
1
1
I
I
CHECK
OR SERVICE
Engine Oil Level
Engine Coolant Level
I
I
1
WHAT TO DO
Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary. See “Engine Oil” in the Index for
further details.
Check the engine coolant level in the coolant recovery tank and add the proper coolant mix if
necessary. See “Coolant” in the Index for further details.
Windshield Washer
Fluid Level
Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield washer tank and add the proper fluid if
necessary. See “Windshield Washer Fluid” in the Index for further details.
Hood Latch
Operation
Pull the primary hood latch release handle inside the vehicle. The secondary latch should keep
hood from opening all the way when the primary latch is released. Make sure the hood closes
firmly. See “Hood Release” in the Index for further details.
. . . 298
At Least Once a Month
CHECK
OR SERVICE
“‘HAT TO DO
Tires Inflation
l
Check tire inflation. Make sure they are inflated to the pressures specified on the Tire-Loading
Information label located on driver’s door. See “Tires” in the Index for further details.
At least Twice a Year
I
CHECK
OR SERVICE
Fluid Level
Check
I
WHAT TO DO
I
Check the transfer case, axle differential(s) and automatic or manual transmission fluid levels and
add as needed. See “Transfer Case, ‘‘Axle, Rear,” “Axle, Front” and “Automatic
Transmission” or “Manual Transmission” in the Index. A fluid loss in these systems could
indicate a problem. Have the system inspected and repaired at once.
I
”
299
9
I
I
=
Maintenance Schedule
Section B: Owner Checks and Services (Cont.)
At Least Once a Year
?
CHECK
OR SERVICE
WHAT TO DO
Kev LockCylinders
Lubricate the key lock cylinders withthe lubricant specifiedinSection
Body Lubrication
Lubricate all body door hingesincludingthetailgate.Also
lubricate all hingesand latches,
including those for the hood, rear compartment, glove box door, console door and any folding
seat hardware. Section D tells you what to use.
.r
D.
Starter Switch
1. Before you start, be sure you have enough room around the vehicle.
2. Firmly apply both the parking brake (see “Parking Brake” in the Index if necessary) and the
regular brake.
NOTE: Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it
starts.
3. On automatic transmission vehicles, try to start the engine in each gear. The starter should
work only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). If the starter works in any other position, your vehicle
needs service, On manual transmission vehicles, put the shift lever in Neutral, push the
clutch down halfway and try to start the engine. The starter should work only when the clutch
is pushed down all the way to the floor. If the starter works when the clutch isn’t pushed all
the way down, your vehicle needs service.
I..
300
At Least Once a Year (CONT.)
4
I
CHECK
OR SERVICE
WHAT TO DO
CAUTION
m
Brake-Transaxle Shift
Interlock - BTSI
(Automatic Transaxle)
A
When you are doing this check, the vehicle could move suddenly. If it does, you or others
I
1. Before you start, be sure you have enough room around the vehicle. It should be parked on a
level surface.
2. Firmly apply the parking brake (see “Parking Brake” in the Index if necessary).
NOTE: Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move.
3. With the engine off, turn the key to the ON position, but don’t start the engine. Without
applying the regular brake, try to move the shift lever out of P (Park) with normal effort. If
the shift lever moves out of P (Park), your vehicle’s BTSI needs service.
301
9
Maintenance Schedule
Section B: Owner Checks and Services (Cont.)
At Least Once a Year (CONT.)
CHECK
OR SERVICE
I
Steering Column Lock
Parking Brake and
Automatic Transmission
P (Park) Mechanism
Check
WHAT TO DO
While parked, and with the parking brake set, try to turn the key to LOCK in each shift
position.
With an automatic transmission, the key should turn to LOCK only when the shift lever is in
P (Park).
With a manual transmission, the key will turn to LOCK only if you push the key in farther,
while turning it towards LOCK.
On all vehicles, the key should come out only in LOCK.
When you are doing this check, your vehicle could begin to move. You or others
could be injured and property could be damaged. Make sure there is room in front
V I your vehicle in case it begins to roll. Be ready to apply the
regular brake at once should the
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing downhill. Keeping your foot on the regular
brake, set the parking brake.
To check the parking brake: With the engine running and transmission in Neutral, slowly
remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by the
parking brake only.
To check the P (Park) mechanism’s holding ability: Shift to P (Park). Then release all brakes.
If your vehicle is four-wheel drive, be sure your transfer case is not in Neutral.
Underbody Flushing
At least every spring, use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody. Take
care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect.
Maintenance Schedule
Section C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections
Listed below are inspections and services which should be
performed at least twice a year (for instance, each spring or
fall). You should let your GM dealer’s service department
I
CHECK
OR SERVICE
Steering, Suspension,
and Front-Wheel-Drive
Axle Boot and Seal
Inspection
or other qualified service center do these jobs. Make sure
any necessary repairs are completed at once.
WHAT TO DO
~
Inspect front and rear suspension and steering system for damaged, loose or missing parts, signs
of wear or lack of lubrication. On vehicles equipped with power steering, inspect power steering,
lines and hoses for proper hookup, binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. On vehicles equipped
with manual steering, check for seal leakage. Clean and then inspect drive axle boot seals for
damage, tears or leakage. Replace seals if necessary.
Exhaust System
Inspection
Inspect the complete exhaust system. Inspect the body near the exhaust system. Look for broken,
damaged, missing, or out-of-position parts as well as open seams, holes, loose connections, or
other conditions which could cause a heat build-up in the floor pan or could let exhaust fumes
into the vehicle. See “Engine Exhaust’’ in the Index.
Throttle Linkage
Inspection
Inspect the throttle linkage for interference or binding, and for damaged or missing parts.
Replace parts as needed. Check accelerator pedal for smooth operation and even pedal effort.
Rear Axle (All) and
Front Axle
(Four-wheel Drive)
Service
Check the gear lubricant level and add if needed. See “Rear Axle’’ and ‘‘Four-wheel Drive’’ in
the Index. A fluid loss may indicate a problem. Check the system(s), and repair the system(s) if
needed. Refer to “Scheduled Maintenance Services,” earlier in this part, to determine when to
change the lubricant.
Maintenance Schedule
Section C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections
CHECK
OR SERVICE
(Cont.)
WHAT TO DO
Inspect the complete system. Inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hookup, binding, leaks,
cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition. Also
inspect drum brake linings for wear and cracks. Inspect other brake parts, including drums,
wheel cylinders, calipers, parking brake, etc. Check parking brake adjustment. You may need to
have your brakes inspected more often if your driving habits or conditions result in frequent
braking.
NOTE: A low fluid brake level can indicate worn disc brake pads which may need
to be
serviced. Also, if the brake system warning light stays on or comes on at any time something
may be wrong with either the regular or rear wheel anti-lock brake system, or both systems. See
“Brake Svstem Warning Light” in the Index.
Brake System
Inspection
Clutch System Service
~
Check clutch pedal free travel and adjust as necessary. See “Clutch Adjustment” in the Index.
Maintenance Schedule
Section D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Note: Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number or specification may be obtained from your GM dealer.
3.
USAGE
Engine Oil
FLUID/LUBRICANT
GM Goodwrench Motor Oil or equivalent for API service SG Energy Conserving I1 oils of the
recommended viscosity. The SG designation may be shown alone or in combination with others,
such as SG/CC, SG/CD, or SF, SG, CC, etc. To determine proper viscosity for your vehicle’s
engine, see ‘ ‘Engine Oil” in the Index.
~~
Engine Coolant
50/50 mixture of water (preferably distilled) and good quality ethylene glycol base antifreeze
(GM Part No. 1052753) conforming to GM Specification 6038M or approved recycled coolant
conforming to GM Specification 6038M.
Hydraulic Brake
System
Delco-Supreme 1l @Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 1052535) or equivalent DOT-3 brake fluid.
Parking Brake Guides
Chassis lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI Grade 2, Category LB or GC-LB (GM Part No.
1052497 or equivalent).
Power Steering System DEXRONB-I1 Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 1051855) or equivalent.
Automatic Transmission DEXRON*-I1 Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 1051855) or equivalent.
Wheel Bearings
-
Wheel bearing grease meeting requirements of NLGI Grade 2, Category GC or GC-LB (GM Part
No. 1051344 or equivalent).
305
9
-
Maintenance Schedule
Section D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants (Cont.)
USAGE
FLUID/LUBRICANT
I Manual Transmission I SAE75W-90GL-4(GM
Part No. 12345871Castrol@Syntorq
GL-4 or equivalent).
Manual Transmission
Shift Linkage
Chassis lubricant meeting requirements of NLGT Grade 2, CategoryLB or GC-LB(GM Part No.
1052497or equivalent).
Key Lock Cylinders
Lubricate with Multi-Purpose Lubricant (GM Part No. 12345120) or synthetic SAE 5W-30 engine oil
or silicone lubricant (GM Part No. 1052276or 1052277).
Automatic Transmission Engine oil.
Shift Linkage
Clutch Linkage Pivot
Points
Lithiumbase grease.
Floor Shift
Linkage
Engine oil.
ChassisLubrication
Chassis lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI Grade 2, Category LB or GC-LB(GM Part No.
1052497or equivalent).
~~
Windshield Washer Sol- GM Optikleen@Washer Solvent (GM Part No. 1051515) or equivalent.
vent
SAE 75W-90GL-5Hypoid
RearAxle (All)
Front Axle (Four-wheel
Drive)
Gear Lubricant (GM Part No. 12345977).
~
~
~~~
I
FLUID/LUBRICANT
USAGE
Transfer Case
(Four-wheel Drive)
Hood Latch Assembly
a. Pivots and Spring
Anchor
b. Release Pawl
SAE 75W-90, GL-4 gear lubricant (GM Part No. 12345871).
a. Engine oil.
b. Chassis lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI Grade 2, Category LB or GC-LB
(GM Part No. 1052497 or equivalent).
Hood, Door, and
Engine oil.
LiftgateHinges,Rear
Folding Seat, Fuel Door
Hinge,RearCompartment Lid Hinges
Weatherstrips
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579) or equivalent.
Constant Velocity
Universal Joint
Chassis lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI Grade 2, Category LB or GC-LB (GM Part No.
1052497 or equivalent).
See “Replacement Parts” in the Index for recommended replacement filters, valves and spark plugs.
307
Maintenance Schedule
Section E: Maintenance Record
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date,
odometer reading, and who performed the service in the
columns indicated, When completing the Maintenance
Performed column, insert the numbers from the Schedule I
or Schedule I1 maintenance charts which correspond to the
maintenance performed. Also, you should retain all
maintenance receipts. Your owner information portfolio is a
convenient place to store them.
SERVICED BY
... 308
MAINTENANCE
PERFORMED
DATE
ODOMETER
READING
SERVICED BY
MAINTENANCE PERFORMED
Maintenance Schedule
Section E: Maintenance Record (Cont.)
I
H e r e you will find out how to
contact Chevrolet/Geo if you
need assistance. This part also
tells you how to obtain service
publications and how to report
any safety defects.
Part 8
Customer Assistance
Information
Customer Satisfaction Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312
GM Participation in Better Business Bureau
MediatiodArbitration Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 13
Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . .3 15
Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 16
Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316
Chevrolet/Geo Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317
Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
311
Customer Assistance Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure
Your satisfaction and goodwill are
important to your dealer and
Chevrolet/Geo. Normally, any problems
with the sales transaction or the
operation of your vehicle will be
resolved by your dealer’s Sales or
Service Departments. Sometimes,
however, despite the best intentions of
all concerned, misunderstandings can
occur. If your concern has not been
resolved to your satisfaction, the
following steps should be taken:
STEP ONE - Discuss your problem
with a member of dealership
management. Complaints can often be
quickly resolved at that level. If the
matter has already been reviewed with
the Sales, Service, or Parts Manager,
contact the owner of the dealership or
the General Manager.
STEP TWO - If after contacting a
member of Dealership Management, it
appears your problem cannot be
resolved by the dealership without
further help, contact the Chevrolet/Geo
Customer Assistance Center by calling
1-800-222-1020. In Canada, contact GM
of Canada Customer Assistance Center
in Oshawa by calling 1-800-263-3777
(English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
In Mexico, call 254-17-86, In Puerto
Rico or U.S. Virgin Islands, call
1-809-763-1315. In all other overseas
locations, contact GM International
Export Sales in Canada by calling
1-416-644-41 12.
For prompt assistance, please have the
following information available to give
the Customer Assistance Representative:
Your name, address, telephone
number
Vehicle Identification Number (This is
available from the vehicle registration
or title, or the plate attached to the
left top of the instrument panel and
visible through the windshield.)
Dealership name and location
Vehicle delivery date and present
mileage
Nature of problem
In order to give your inquiry prompt
attention, please call the toll-free
number listed above. However, if you
wish to write Chevrolet/Geo, write to:
Chevrolet/Geo
Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, MI 48007-7047
A listing of all Chevrolet/Geo Branch
Offices and offices outside the U.S.
which can assist you can also be found
in the warranty booklet.
When contacting Chevrolet/Geo, please
remember that your problem will likely
be resolved in the dealership, using the
dealership’s facilities, equipment and
personnel. That is why we suggest you
follow Step One first if you have a
problem.
Customer Assistance for the Hearing
or Speech Impaired
To assist owners who have hearing
difficulties, Chevrolet/Geo has installed
special TDD (Telecommunication
Devices for the Deaf) equipment in its
Customer Assistance Center. Any
hearing or speech impaired customer
who has access to a TDD or a
conventional teletypewriter (TTY) can
communicate with Chevrolet/Geo by
dialing: 1-800-TDD-CHEV (TDD users
in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.)
GM Participation in
Better Business Bureau
Medaon/Arbitrutiotration
Program *
General Motors reserves the right to
change eligibility limitations and/or to
discontinue its participation in this
program.
Our experience has shown that the
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
described earlier in this part has been
very successful in achieving customer
satisfaction. However, if you have not
been substantially satisfied,
Chevrolet/Geo wants you to be aware of
GM’s voluntary participation in a
no-charge mediatiodarbitration program
Customer Assistance Information
called BBB AUTO LINE. This program
is administered by the Council of Better
Business Bureaus through local Better
Business Bureaus. The program can
resolve individual disputes involving
vehicle repairs and the interpretation of
your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
We prefer that you not resort to BBB
AUTO LINE until after a final decision
is made under the Customer Satisfaction
Procedure. However, you may file a
claim at any time by contacting your
local Better Business Bureau (BBB) at
the following toll-free number:
1-800-955-5100. For further information
about filing a claim, you may also write
to:
.
.
I
314
BBB AUTO LINE
Council of Better Business Bureaus
4200 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 800
Arlington, VA 22203
In order to file a claim, you will have to
provide your name and address, the
vehicle identification number (VIN) of
your vehicle, and a statement of the
nature of your complaint. BBB staff may
try to help resolve your dispute through
mediation. If mediation is not
successful, or if you do not wish to
participate in mediation, eligible
customers may present their case to an
impartial third-party arbitrator at an
informal hearing. The arbitrator will
render a decision in your case, which
you may accept or reject. If you accept
a valid arbitrator decision, GM will be
bound by that decision. The entire
dispute settlement process should
ordinarily take about 40 days from the
time you file your complaint to the time
a decision is rendered (or 47 days if you
did not first contact your dealer or
Chevrolet/Geo).
We encourage you to use this program
before or instead of resorting to the
courts. We believe it offers advantages
over courts in most jurisdictions because
it is fast, free of charge, and informal
(lawyers are not usually present,
although you may retain one at your
rn Repo&'ng Safety Defects
expense if you choose). Arbitrators
make decisions based on the principles
of fairness and equity, and are not
required to duplicate the functions of
courts by strictly applying state or
federal law. If you wish to go to court,
however, we do not require that you
first file a claim with BBB AUTO
LINE** unless state law provides
otherwise. Whatever your preference
may be, remember that if you are
unhappy with the results of BBB AUTO
LINE, you can still go to court because
an arbitrator's decision is binding on
GM but not on you, unless you accept
it.
Eligibility is limited by vehicle
agelmileage and other factors. For
further information concerning the
program, call BBB at 1-800-955-5100.
You may also contact the Chevrolet/Geo
Customer Assistance Center by calling
1-800-222-1020.
*This program may not be available in
all states, depending on state law.
Canadian owners refer to your
warranty booklet.
**Some states may require that you file
a claim with BBB AUTO LINE
before resorting to state-operated
procedures (including court).
to the United States
Government
If you believe that your vehicle has a
defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA), in addition to notifying
General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints,
it may open an investigation, and if it
finds that a safety defect exists in a
group of vehicles, it may order a recall
and remedy campaign. However,
NHTSA cannot become involved in
individual problems between you, your
dealer. or General Motors.
Customer Assistance Information
To contact NHTSA, you may either call
the Auto Safety Hotline toll-free at
1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123 in the
Washington, D.C. area) or write to:
NHTSA
U .S . Department of Transportation
Washington D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other information
about motor vehicle safety from the
Hotline.
... 316
Reportirzg Safety Defects
to the Canadian
Government
Reporting Safety Defects
to General Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Transport Canada) in a situation like
If you live in Canada, and you believe
this, we certainly hope you’ll notify us.
that your vehicle has a safety defect,
Please call us at 1-800-222-1020, or
you should immediately notify Transport
write:
Canada, in addition to notifying General
Chevrolet/Geo
Motors of Canada Limited. You may
Customer Assistance Center
write to:
P.O. Box 7047
Transport Canada
Troy, Michigan 48007-7047
Box 8880
In Canada, please call us at
Ottawa, Ontario K1G 352
1-800-263-3777 (English) or
1-800-263-7854 (French). Or, write:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Assistance Center
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
L
rn Chevrolet/Geo Roadside
Assistance Program
To enhance Chevrolet/Geo’s strong
commitment to customer satisfaction,
Chevrolet/Geo is excited to announce
the establishment of the Chevrolet/Geo
Roadside Assistance Center. As the
owner of a 1993 Chevrolet/Geo,
membership in Roadside Assistance is
free.
Roadside Assistance is available 24
hours a day, 365 days a year, by calling
1-800-CHEV USA ( 1-800-243-8872).
This toll-free number will provide you
over-the-phone roadside assistance with
minor mechanical problems. If your
problem cannot be resolved over the
phone, our advisors have access to a
nationwide networ.k of (jealer
recommended service providers. The
following services are available:
Towing
Locksmith
Tire Repair
GlassReplacement
Rental car or taxi
Additional services as necessary
The Roadside Assistance Center uses
companies that will provide you with
quality and priority service. When
roadside services are required, our
advisors will explain any payment
obligations that may be incurred for
utilizing outside services.
For prompt assistance when calling,
please have the following available to
give to the advisor:
Vehicle Identification Number
License plate number
Vehicle color
Vehicle location
Telephone number where you can be
reached
Vehicle mileage
Description of problem
Customer Assistance Information
Service Publications
Please refer to the Roadside Assistance
brochure inside your portfolio for full
program details.
In Canada please consult your GM
dealer regarding availability of Roadside
Assistance.
=
318
Information on how to obtain Product
Service Publications and Indexes as
described below is applicable only in the
fifty U.S. states (and the District of
Columbia) and only for cars and light
trucks with GVWR less than 10,OOO
pounds (4 536 kg).
In Canada, information pertaining to
Product Service Bulletins and Indexes
can be obtained by writing to:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Service Publications Department
1908 Colonel Sam Dr.
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Chevrolet/Geo regularly sends its
dealers useful service bulletins about
Chevrolet/Geo products. Chevrolet/Geo
monitors product performance in the
field. We then prepare bulletins for
servicing our products better. Now, you
can get these bulletins too.
Bulletins cover various subjects. Some
pertain to the proper use and care of
your vehicle. Some describe costly
repairs. Others describe inexpensive
repairs which, if done on time with the
latest parts, may avoid future costly
repairs. Some bulletins tell a technician
how to repair a new or unexpected
condition. Others describe a quicker way
to fix your vehicle. They can help a
technician service your vehicle better.
Most bulletins apply to conditions
affecting a small number of cars or
trucks. Your Chevrolet/Geo dealer or a
qualified technician may have to
determine if a specific bulletin applies to
your vehicle.
Individual PSP’s
If you don’t want to buy all the PSP’s
issued by Chevrolet/Geo for all car or
truck models in the model year, you can
buy individual PSP’s, such as those
which may pertain to a particular model.
To do this, you will first need to see our
index of PSP’s. It provides a variety of
information. Here’s what you’ll find in
the index and how you can get one:
What You’ll Find in the Index:
A list of all PSP’s published by
Chevrolet/Geo in a model year (1990
or later). PSP’s covering all models
of Chevrolet/Geo cars or light trucks
(less than 10,000 pounds (4 536 kg)
GVWR) are listed in the same index.
Ordering information so you can buy
the specific PSP’s you may want.
Price information for the PSP’s you
may want to buy.
How You Can Get an Index:
Indexes are published periodically. Most
of the PSP’s which could potentially
apply to the most recent Chevrolet/Geo
models will be listed in the most recent
publication for that model year. This
means you may want to wait until the
end of the model year before ordering
an index, if you are interested in buying
PSP’s pertaining to a current model year
car or truck.
Customer Assistance Information
Some PSP’s pertaining to a particular
model year vehicle may be published in
later years, and these would be listed in
the later year’s index. When you order
an index for a model year that is not
over yet, we’ll send you the most
recently published issue. Check the
ordering form for indexes for earlier
model years.
Cut out the ordering form, fill it out,
and mail it in. We will then see to it that
an index is mailed to you. There is no
charge for indexes for the 1990-1993
model years.
. . . 320
Toll-Free Telephone Number
If you want an additional ordering form
for an index or a subscription, just call
toll-free and we’ll be happy to send you
one. Automated recording equipment
will take your name and mailing
address, The number to call is
1-800-551-4123.
A VERY IMPORTANT REMINDER:
These PSP’s are meant for technicians.
They are not meant for the
‘ ‘do-it-yourselfer.” Technicians have the
equipment, tools, safety instructions,
and know-how to do a job quickly and
safely.
ChevroletGeo Service Publications
You can get these by using the order
form.
m
Customer Assistance Information
1993 CHEVROLET/GEO SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ORDERING INFORMATION
The following publications covering theoperation and servicing of your vehicle
can be purchased by filling out the ServicePublications Order Form
in this book and mailing it with your check, money order or credit card information to Helm. Incormrated(address listed below).
CURRENT PUBLICATIONSFOR 1993 GEO TRACKER
PRODUCT SERVICE PUBLICATIONS
Product Service Publications (PSP’s), arebulletins, lettersand articles
published for trained dealer service personnel. See Service Publications listed previously in this section.
A cumulative index is published quarterly during the current model
year. Theindexes list all PSP’s
published by Chevrolet in the model year.
Price
Year
1992
1991
1990
PSP Index and Summaries
Number
PSPI-92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PSPI-91.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PSPI-90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Free
Free
Free
NOTE: Form Numbersfor individual Product Service Publications
may
be found in the PSP Index. Prices are $4.00 for
the first PSPand $2.00
for each additional PSP on the same order.
PSP Bound Bulletin Book (Complete Year Bulletins)
PriceNumber
Year Form
Description
PSP-91-4
1991 All PSP’S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.00
.
PSP-90-4
40.00
1990 All PSP’S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For subscription information callHelm, Incorporated.
CURRENT & PAST
MODEL
ORDER
FORMS
Address
Service Publications are available for current and past model
ChevroletlGeo vehicles. To request an order form,
please specify year
and model name of vehicle.
SERVICE MANUALS
Service Manuals have the diagnosis, repair and overhaul information
on engines, transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, electrical, steering, body, etc.
Model
rorm Number
Price
1993 Geo Tracker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ST-377-93
$43.00
‘Please specify special body or engine types on order form. Write
information in the Form Number column.
For example: Turbo,
Convertible.
OWNER’S INFORMATION
Owner publications are written directly for ownersand intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle. The Owner’s
Manual includes the Maintenance Schedule for all models.
1993 Geo TrackerOwner’s Manual
In Portfolio:Includes Porffolio, Owner’sManual and Warranty Booklet.
$15.00
1993
Geo Tracker In-Portfolio . . . . . . . . . . .lo213040
Without Portfolio:Includes Owner’s Manual.
1993
Geo Tracker Without Portfolio . . . . . ,10213056
$11.00
I
HELM, INCORPORATED
PO.Box 07130
Detroit, MI 48207
Credit Card Orders ONLY 1-800-782-4356
For information and inquiries call: (313) 883-1430
all inquiries to:
321
=
.
Notes
322
CHEVROLET/GEO SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ORDER FORM
NOTE: Please complete form below (Print or Type) and MAIL TO:
Post Office Box 07130,Detroit, Michigan 48207
ORDER TOLL FREE
(NOTE:For credit Card "Older Orders Only)
1-800-782-4356
(Monday-Friday 8:30 A.M.-~:ooP.M. EST)
PUBLICATION FORM NUMBER"
ITEM DESCRIPTION
- -
*Minimum Credit Card Order $10.00
If further information is needed, write Helm or call Dl>] 883-1330. ORDER INFORMATION NOT AVAILABLE THROUGH THE TOLL FREE NUMBER.
VEHICLE MODEL
NAME
QTY.
T
0
.
Index
A d d - o n Electrical Equipment. . . . . .272
Adjustment. Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Adjustment. Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Air Cleaner ..................... 233
Air Conditioner Controls . . . . . . . . . .104
Air Filter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .234
Alignment. Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259
Aluminum WheelCleaning . . . . . . . .269
Antenna ........................ 116
Anti-lock Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Anti-lock. To Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 1
Appearance Care and Maintenance
Materials ..................... 27 1
Appearance Care. Service and . . . . . .22 1
Ashtray andLighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Ashtray. Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Ashtrays, Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Assist Grips. Passenger . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Audio Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
AM/FM Stereo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
AM/FM Stereo with
Cassette Tape Player . . . . . . . . . . 110
Automatic Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . .5 1
Fluid ........................ 234
TorqueLock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
Axle. Front (Four-Wheel-Drive) . . . .239
Axle, Rear ...................... 238
Babies. Smaller Children and
(Safety Belts). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Backing Up (Witha Trailer) . . . . . . . . 183
Balance. Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259
Battery ......................... 247
Before Leaving on a Long Trip . . . . .167
Bi-Level Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Bin. Coinholder and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Bins. Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Blizzard. If You’re Caught in a ..... 175
Brakes
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -131
Anti-lock ..................... 129
Master Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
Parking ....................... 60
PedalTravel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Rear Drum .................... 130
System Parts. Replacing . . . . . . . . .247
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . .84
Trailer ....................... 181
Wear Indicators. Disc . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Braking ........................ 127
Braking inEmergencies . . . . . . . . . . . 132
“Break-In. New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . .48
Brightness Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
Front Parking and Turn
Signal Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249
Headlights .................... 248
Rear Combination Light . . . . . . . . .25 1
Sidemarker Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250
..
Bulbs. Halogen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
Bulbs. Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Canvas TOP
Preparing for Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Removing andInstalling Your . . . . .91
Special Care for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . .277
Carbon Monoxide (Engine Exhaust) . .64
Care of Canvas Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
Cassette Tape Player. Care of Your . .115
Cassette Tape. To Play a . . . . . . . . . . 111
Certification Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252
Chains. Safety (Trailer) . . . . . . . . . . .181
Chains. Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Changing a Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Charging System Light. . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Check Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Checking Things under the Hood . . . .227
Checking Your Restraint Systems . . . .39
Chemical PaintSpotting . . . . . . . . . . .270
Chevrolet/Geo Roadside
Assistance .................... 319
Chevrolet/Geo Service Publications
Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . .318
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Securing in the Rear Seat . . . . . . . . .34
Securing in the Right Front Seat . . . .36
Top Strap. Right Front
Passenger Position Only ........33
325
.
Index
Children (Safety Belts). . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Children. Larger (Safety Belts) . . . . . .37
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
.
Circuit Breakers. Fuses and . . . . . . . .273
164
City Driving ....................
Cleaner. Air .................... 233
Cleaning
Aluminum Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . .269
Canvas Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
Fabric. Using Foam-Type
Cleaner on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263
Fabric. Using Solvent-Type
Cleaner on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Geo. the Iqside
of Your . . . . . . . . . .262
Geo. the Outside of Your . . . . . . . .267
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Instrument Panel. the Top of the . .266
Special Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Underbody .................... 270
Vinyl or Leather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
Windshield andWiper Blades . . . . .267
Clock. Setting the
AM/FM Stereo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
AM/FM Stereo with
Cassette Tape Player . . . . . . . . . . 108
Clusters. Instrument Panel and . . . . . .80
Clutch Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Coinholder and Bin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Color of Road Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
. . . 326
Combination Light Bulb
Replacement. Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 1
Comfort Controls and Audio
Systems ...................... 101
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
Control. Loss of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Controls
Air Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Brightness ..................... 7 1
Comfort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
Features and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
Seats and Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Convex Outside Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Coolant
Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . .242
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
Overheating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Radiator, How to Add
Coolant to the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206
Recovery Tank, How to Add
Coolant to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Temperature Gage. Engine . . . . . . . .85
Cooling (Air Conditioning) . . . . . . . . 104
Curves, Driving on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Customer Assistance for the
Hearing or Speech Impaired. . . . . .3 13
Customer Assistance Information . . .3 11
Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . .3 12
Daytime Running Lights. . . . . . . . . . .70
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Defogger. Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . 105
Defogging andDefrosting
Windows ..................... 104
Dehumidifying (Air Conditioning) . . 105
Dimensions. Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . .279
Disc Brake WearIndicators . . . . . . . . 130
Dome Light...................... 71
Door
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
Locks. Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . .75
Downhill. Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Downhill. Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172
Drive. Four-wheel . . . . . . . . . . . .57. 239
Driving
Across an Incline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
After Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
And the Road. Your . . . . . . . . . . . .117
AtNight ...................... 157
City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
Downhill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Drunken ...................... 123
Freeway ...................... 165
Guidelines. Utility Vehicle . . . . . . . 140
In Fog. Mist. and Haze. . . . . . . . . .162
In Fog. Tips on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
In Mud. Sand. Snow. or Ice . . . . . . 155
In the Rain.................... 160
In Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Long Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
On Curves ....................
132
On Grades (With a Trailer). . . . . . .184
On Off-Road Hills. . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
On Snow or Ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
On the Freeway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Suggestions. A Few More Night . .159
Through Deep StandingWater . . . . .50
Uphill ........................
147
Winter .......................
173
With a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Drunken Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
E a s y Entry Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Electrical Equipment. Add-on . . . . . .272
Emergencies. Braking in . . . . . . . . . . 132
Emergencies. Steering in . . . . . . . . . -134
Engine
Coolant ...................... 240
Coolant Temperature Gage . . . . . . . .85
Exhaust ....................... 64
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Oil .......................... 229
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277
Starting Your . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Environment. Your Vehicle and the .282
Exhaust. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Extender. Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Fabric
Protection .................... 264
Using Foam-TypeCleaner on .....263
Using Solvent-Type Cleaner on . . .263
Features and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Filling Your Tank (Fuel) . . . . . . . . . .226
Filter Replacement. Air . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Five-Speed Manual Transmission . . . .54
Flashers. Hazard Warning . . . . . . . . .190
Flat Tire. Changing a . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Flat. If a TireGoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
Flow-Through Ventilation System. . .106
Fluid
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . .234
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . .237
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . .27 1. 305
Windshield Washer. . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Fog. Mist and Haze. Driving in . . . . .162
Fog. Tips on Driving in . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Folding Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Following Distance(With
a Trailer)..................... 183
Foreign Countries. Fuels in . . . . . . . .225
Foreign Material Paint Damage. . . . .269
Four-wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .57. 239
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicle.
Off-Road Driving with Your Geo . . 140
Freeway
Driving ...................... 165
Driving on the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Entering the. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Leaving the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Free-Wheeling Hubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
Automatic ..................... 59
Manual ........................ 59
Fuel ........................... 223
FuelGage ....................... 83
Fuel Tank Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . .225
Fuse Block. Instrument Panel . . . . . .275
Fuse Block. Main . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .274
Fuses andCircuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . 273
Gage. Engine CoolantTemperature . .85
Gage. Fuel ...................... 83
Gages andIndicators. Warning
82
Lights .........................
Gasolines for Cleaner Air . . . . . . . . . .224
Glass Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266
GloveBox ....................... 75
GM Participation in Better
Business Bureau Mediation/
Arbitration Program . . . . . . . . . . . .315
Grips. Passenger Assist . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Guidelines. Utility VehicleDriving . . 140
327
9
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Halogen Headlight Bulb
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
Hazard Warning Flashers
. . . . . . . . . .190
Haze. Driving in Fog. Mist and
. . . . . 162
Head Restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Headlights
Halogen Bulb Replacement
. . . . . . .248
High/Low Beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Lever. Turn Signal/Lights
ControVHeadlight Beam. . . . . . . .67
Lights On Reminder. . . . . . . . . . . . .69
Heater Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
Heating ........................ 103
Heating. Bi-Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
High Beams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
High/Low Beam. Headlight. . . . . . . . .70
Highway Hypnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Hill and Mountain Roads. . . . . . . . . . 169
Hill. Approaching a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Hills. Parkingon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Hills. Driving on Off-Road . . . . . . . . 145
Hitches (Trailer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Hood Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
Hook-Ups. Front Towing. . . . . . . . . . 198
Hook-Ups. Rear Towing . . . . . . . . . .199
Hooks. Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 18
Horn ........................... 67
Hubs. Free-Wheeling. . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
Automatic ..................... 59
Manual ........................ 59
Hydroplaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16.1
Hypnosis. Highway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Ice. Driving on Snow or . . . . . . . . . . 174
Identification
Engine ....................... 272
Label. Service Parts . . . . . . . . . . . .272
Number. Vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .272
Ignition Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Incline. Driving across an . . . . . . . . . 152
Incline. Stalling on an
. . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Indicators. Warning Lights.
Gages and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
Inflation - Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . .254
Inspections. Periodic Maintenance . .303
Instrument Panel
And Clusters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Bins .......................... 75
Cleaning theTop of the . . . . . . . . . .266
Fuse Block.................... 275
Interior Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . .44
Label. Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252
. . . .252
Label. Tire-Loading Information
9
328
. . .85
Lamp.MalfunctionIndicator . .
Lane Change Indicator.Turn
Signal and ..................... 68
Lap-Shoulder Belt (Safety Belt). . . . . .24
Leather Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
Leaving the Freeway . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Leaving Your Vehicle with the
Engine Running. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Levers
Controls (Comfort Control
System) .................... 102
Turn SignaULights
ControUHeadlight Beam . . . . . . . .67
Windshield Wiper/Washer. . . . . . . .72
Lighter. Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Lights
Brake System Warning. . . . . . . . . . .84
Charging System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Check Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Dome ......................... 71
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Interior ........................ 71
Malfunction Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . .85
Oil Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
On Reminder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
Operation of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
Safety Belt Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Warning. Gages and Indicators . . . .82
Loading Your Vehicle ............252
Loading Your Vehicle for
Off-Road Driving ..............141
Locks. Door ......................
45
Loss ofControl ..................138
Lubricants andFluids .........27 1. 305
Maintenance
Materials. Appearance Care and . .27 1
Periodic Inspections ............303
Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
.
Other Non-Emission Related
Services ....................296
Scheduled Services .............285
Underbody .................... 270
Maintenance Schedule ............28 1
Schedule I .................... 286
Schedule II.’...................288
Selecting the Right. . . . . . . . . . . . .285
Services. Scheduled ............285
Using Your ...................285
When Trailer Towing ...........185
Making Turns (With a Trailer) . . . . . .183
Malfunction Indicator Lamp ........85
Manual Transmission
Five-Speed .................... 54
Fluid ........................
237
Shift Speeds....................56
Manual. How to UseThis ...........5
Markings. Pavement..............121
Master Cylinder. Brake ...........245
Metal Damage. Sheet.............269
Mirrors .........................74
Convex Outside. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Inside Day/Night Rearview .......74
Inside Rearview .................74
Outside Manual Adjust...........74
Mud. Sand. Snow. or Ice.
Driving in ....................155
.
N e w Vehicle ‘Break-In’...........48
Night
Driving at ....................157
Driving Suggestions.A Few
More ......................159
Vision .......................
158
odometer. Speedometer and .......80
Odometer. Trip ...................8 1
Officer. Traffic ..................122
Off-Road Driving
157
After ........................
Before You Go ................141
Getting Familiar with ...........143
Loading Your Vehiclefor ........141
On Hills ......................145
With Your Geo Four-WheelDrive Vehicle ...............140
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
.
Oil. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Additives .....................232
How to Check .................229
Pressure Light ..................86
What Kindto Use ..............231
What to Do with Used...........233
When to Add..................230
When to Change ...............232
On the Road .................... 168
Opening and Closing
Your Rear Window
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
.
...89
Opening and Closing Your Sunroof
Operation of Lights ................69
Overheating, Engine..............200
Owner Checks and Services
........302
Paint
Chemical Spotting..............270
Finish Care ...................267
Finish Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270
Park. Shiftinginto.................61
Park, Shifting outof ...............63
Parked, Running Your Engine
While You’re...................65
329
9
9
.
9
Parking
Brake ......................... 60
Downhill .....................172
Manual Transmission............63
On a Hill witha Trailer.
When You Are Readyto
Leave After .................185
On Hills...................... 171
On Hills (Witha Trailer) ........184
Over Things ThatBum ...........64
Uphill ........................ 172
Your Vehicle...................63
Parking and Turn Signal Light
Bulb Replacement.Front ........249
Parts, Replacement ...............277
Passenger
Assist Grips....................76
Positions (Safety Belt)
............28
Rear Seat (Safety Belt)...........28
Right Front Position (Safety Belt) . .28
Passing ........................
136
Passing (Witha Trailer) ...........183
Passing Signal....................
70
Pavement Markings ..............121
Pedal Travel. Brake..............13 1
Periodic Maintenance Inspections...303
Pockets. Front Seat Side............75
Power Steering..................132
9
9
330
Power Steering Fluid.............243
Pregnancy. Safety Belt Useduring . . .27
Pressure. Tire ...................254
Problems on the Road
.............189
Product Service Publications
(PSP’s)....................... 32 1
Publications. Service .............320
Radiator Pressure Cap ...........243
Radiator. How to Add Coolant
......206
Radio Reception. Understanding....115
Radio. To Play the
AM/FM Stereo ................108
AM/FM Stereo with
Cassette Tape Player..........1 10
Rain. Driving in the ..............1 6 0
Rainy Weather Tips.Some Other . . .161
RearAxle ...................... 238
Rear Drum Brakes ...............131
Rear Vent Windows...............66
Rear Window
Defogger .....................
105
Opening and Closing Your
........90
Removing and Installing Your.....91
Wiper/Washer ..................73
Rearview Mirror. Inside............74
Rearview Mirror. Inside Day/Night . .74
Reception. Understanding Radio....1 15
Reclining Front Seatback...........13
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants ................27 1. 305
Recovery Hooks. Using the........218
Recovery. Off-Road ..............135
Recreational Towing .............186
Towing Your Geofrom the Front . .187
Towing Your Geo from
the Rear . .186
Release. Hood...................227
Remote Areas. Travelingto ........142
Replacement Bulbs...............276
Replacement Parts ...............277
Replacing Safety Belts aftera Crash . .39
Reporting Safety Defects
To General Motors .............318
To the Canadian Government
.....318
To the United States Government
. .317
Restraint Systems. CheckingYour ...39
Restraint. Where to Put the Child ....32
Restraints. Child..................34
Restraints. Head .................. 14
Road Signs .....................118
Color of......................
118
Shapeof ......................119
Symbols on ...................120
Road. On the ....................
168
Road. Problems Onthe ............189
Roads. Hill and Mountain .........169
Roadside Assistance Program.
Chevrolet/Geo ............. - - ..319
Rocking Your Vehicleto Get It Out . .218
Rotation. Tire Inspection and.......255
Running Your Engine While
You’re Parked..................65
Safety Belts
23
Adults ........................
Care of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266
Checking Your Restraint System. . .39
Child Restraints................- 31
Children .......................
30
Driver Position .................24
Extender ...................... 39
How to Wear, Properly ...........23
Lap-Shoulder Belt...............24
Larger Children.................37
Passenger Positions..............28
Questions People Ask............22
Rear Seat Passengers
.............28
Reminder Light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Reminder. Lights On ............69
Replacing after a Crash ...........39
Right Front Passenger
28
Position .....................
Seatsand ......................11
Smaller Children and Babies.......30
They’re for Everyone ............15
Use during Pregnancy............27
Why They Work ................ 19
Safety Chains(Trailer) ............18 1
Safety Defects
Reporting to General Motors .....3 18
Reporting to the Canadian
Government .................3 18
Reporting to the United
States Government ...........3 17
Safety Warnings and Symbols. . . . . . . .6
Sand, Mud. Ice or Snow. If
You’re Stuck in
................2 17
Scanning the Terrain..............144
Scheduled MaintenanceService . . . . .285
Seatback. Reclining Front . . . . . . . . . .13
Seats
And Safety Belts ................11
And Seat Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Easy Entry.....................
14
Folding Rear ...................15
Front .........................
12
Reclining Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
Side Pockets,Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Unfolding the Rear..............17
Securing a Child Restraint
Attaching the Top Strap ..........33
In the Rear Seat.................34
In the Right Front Seat ...........36
Service ........................222
Appearance Care ...............221
Owner Checks and.............302
Parts Identification Label........272
Publications ...................320
Publications Ordering
Information. Chevrolet/Geo ....318
Station Information....... .Last Page
Work. Doing Your Own.........222
Shape of Road Signs..............119
Sheet Metal Damage
..............269
Shift Speeds
......................56
Shifting intoP (Park) ..............61
Shifting outof P (Park) .............63
Sidemarker Light Bulb
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250
Signal. Passing ...................70
Signals. Your Own...............121
Signs, Road .....................118
Skidding .......................
138
Snow or Ice. Driving on...........174
Snow. If You’re Stuck inDeep .....177
Speakers. Adjusting the
AM/FM Stereo ................109
AM/FM Stereo with
Cassette TapePlayer . . . . . . . . . .111
Specifications, Capacities and......277
Speedometer and Odometer.........80
Speeds, Shift .....................56
331
.
9
Index
Stains .......................... 264 Theft DeterrentFeature
(AM/FM Stereo with Cassette
Stalling on an Incline . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Tape Player) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 13
Starting Your Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Starting. Jump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Thermostat ..................... 243
Steam (Engine Overheating) . . . . . . -200 Tilt Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -67
Steering ........................132 Tires .......................... 253
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Fluid, Power ..................243
Chains ....................... 26 1
In Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Changing a Flat
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
Power ....................... 132
Cleaning White Sidewall . . . . . . . .269
Tips .........................
132
Inflation Pressure ..............254
Storage and Compartments . . . . . . . . .75
Inspection .................... 255
Storage. Vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247
Loading Information Label
. . . . . . .252
Stuck in Deep Snow, If You’re . . . . . 177
New ......................... 256
Stuck: In Sand. Mud. Ice or
Rotation ...................... 255
Snow, If You’re . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 17
Temperature
Grades . . . . . . . . . . . .258
Sun Visors....................... 76
Total Weight on Your
Vehicle’s. ..180
Sunroof. Opening and
Traction
Grades
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . . . . . . . .258
Closing Your. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Treadwear ....................
258
Switch, Ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Uniform
Quality
Grading
........
257
Symbols on Road Signs ........... 120
Symbols. Safety Warningsand . . . . . . .6 Tone, Setting the
AM/FM Stereo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
Symbols. Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
AM/FM Stereo with
Cassette Tape Player .......... 1 1 1
Tachometer ..................... 82
Top
Strap (Child Restraint) . . . . . . . . .33
Tailgate (Door Locks) . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Tank, Filling Your (Fuel)
. . . . . . . . . .223 Top, Convertible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Top, Preparing Your Canvas for
Temperature Gage, Engine
Storage........................ 96
Coolant .......................
85
Terrain. Scanningthe . . . . . . . . . . . . .144 Top, Removing and Installing
Your Canvas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Theft ........................... 47
Torque Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Towing aTrailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
Towing Hook.Ups. Front . . . . . . . . . -198
Towing Hook.Ups. Rear . . . . . . . . . . 199
Towing Your Vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . .196
Towing. Recreational. . . . . . . . . . . . .186
From the Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187
From the Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
Traffic Lights ...................120
Traffic Officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
Trailer
Backing Up with .a. . . . . . . . . . . . .183
Brakes .......................
181
Driving on Grades ..............184
Driving with a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182
Following Distance with a. . . . . . .183
Hitches .......................180
If You Do Decide to Pulla . . . . . . .178
Making Turns with a. . . . . . . . . . . .183
Parking on Hills with a ..........184
Passing with a.................183
Safety Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
.
Tongue, Weightof the . . . . . . . . . .180
Towing a ..................... 177
Towing. Maintenance When .....185
Turn Signals When Towing .....
a
183
Weight of the
..................179
When You Are Ready
to Leave
after Parking on a Hill. . . . . . . . .185
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Transfer Case (Four-wheel Drive) . .239
Transmission Fluid. Automatic . . . . .234
Transmission Fluid. Manual . . . . . . .237
Transmission. Automatic. . . . . . . . . . . 5 1
Transmission. Five-Speed Manual . . .54
Transmission. Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Traveling to Remote Areas . . . . . . . . .142
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 1
Trip. Before Leavingon a Long. . . . .167
Turn Signal and Lane Change
Indicator ...................... 68
Turn Signal Light Bulb
Replacement. Front Parking and . .249
Turn SignaULights Control/
Headlight Beam Lever. The .......67
Turn Signals When Towing a
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Underbody Maintenance . . . . . . . . . .270
Unfolding the Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . .17
Uphill. Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
.
Uphill. Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172
Used Oil. Whatto Do with. . . . . . . . .233
Utility VehicleDriving
Guidelines .................... 140
Vehicle
Control of a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Damage Warnings ................ 7
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279
Driving Guidelines. Utility. . . . . . .140
Environment and Your. . . . . . . . . .282
Identification Number. . . . . . . . . . .272
Leaving withthe Engine
Running ..................... 62
Loading Your .................252
Parking Your. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Storage....................... 247
Symbols ....................... 18
Towing Your. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196
Towing, Recreational . . . . . . . . . . .186
Vent Windows, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Ventilation System, Flow-Through . .106
Ventilation Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Vinyl Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
Vision, Night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
Visors, Sun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
.
warnine Devices. Other . . . . . . . . . .190
Warning Flashers. Hazard . . . . . . . . .190
Warning Lights. Gages and
Indicators ...................... 82
Y
Warnings. Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Warnings. Vehicle Damage . . . . . . . . . .7
Washer Fluid. Windshield. . . . . . . . .244
Washers (Windshield) . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Washing Your Vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . .267
Water. Driving in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Weatherstrip Service .............269
Weight
Total on Your Vehicle’sTires . . . .180
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Trailer Tongue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Welcome to Geo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Wheel Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259
Wheel NutTorque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278
Wheels
Cleaning Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . .269
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259
Used Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Defogging and Defrosting ....... 104
Opening and Closing Your Rear . . . .90
Rear Vent ..................... 66
Rear WiperIWasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Removing and Installing Your
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
333
..
Index
Windshield
Cleaning ..................... 267
Washer Fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244
Wiper/Washer Lever . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Wiper/Washer. Rear Window . . . . . . .73
Wiper/Washer Lever. Windshield . . . .72
I
.
.
334
Notes
335
Service Station Information
Cooling System Reservoir
Check and add coolantonly at the
coolant recovery tank. The fluid should
be at the FULL mark when the
engine is warm. If the engine is cool,
the level shouldbe at the LOW mark
or a little higher. See Page 240
Engine Oil Dipstick
See Page 229
Cold Tire Pressure
See Tire-Loading Information label on the
inside of the rear edgeof the driver’s door.
See Page 252
See Tire-Loading Information label on the
inside of the rear edge of the driver’s door.
See Page 252
9
336
I
@
TM
~
WE SUPPORT
VOLUNTARY
TECHNICIAN
CERTIFICATION THROUGH
National lnslltute for
AUTOMOTIVE
SERVICE
EXCELLENCE
'TI
r
LHtVIWLt
ml